I

'

•

m

•

.

I

•

•

I

'
.

ffl

; IT)

r rn

| LT)

i r-=t

i CD

i m

; D

PRESENTED

BY

The Trustees

OF

THE BRITISH MUSEUM.

..

9

MM!

•
•

p •
•

mm ffifi

SOLD BY LONGMANS AND Co., 39 PATERNOSTER Row, E.G. ; BERNARD OUARITCH, n GRAFTON STREET, W. ;

DULAU AND Co., LTD., 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. ;

AND AT

THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

PREFACE TO VOL. VI.

WITH the issue of Volume VI the Report 011 the Natural History specimens collected
by the 'Discovery' National Antarctic Expedition (1901-4) is brought, for the
present at least, to a dose ; Volumes I-III appeared iu 1907, Volume IV in 1908,
Volume V in 1910.

The present volume was to have included an account of the Polyzoa ; the
specialist to whom the specimens were submitted has, however, been prevented from
completing it as soon as he had hoped, and it was derided to issue the volume
without the paper in question rather than delay further the publication of the.
rest of the contents.

The thanks of naturalists are clue to the numerous workers who, by their
careful study of the material and by their detailed descriptions, have added to our
knowledge of the Animals, Plants aucl Minerals found in a part of the Antarctic region.

.V word of acknowledgment is also due to the sub-editor of the Zoological and
Botanical Reports, Mr. F. Jeffrey Bell, for the care and judgment with which he has
done the work entrusted to him more than seven years ago ; during that space of
time he has been charged with the distribution of the zoological and botanical
specimens to the various investigators, obtained the reports from the respective
authors, prepared the manuscript for the printers, revised the proof sheets, and
supervised the preparation of the numerous plates and other illustrations.

L. FLETCHER,

Director.

BiiiTisn Mi'sKu.M (N.vruu.u. 1 1 ISTHHY).
February '29th, 1912.

CONTENTS OF VOL. VI.

A (OvSKIlAI, XoTK'K (IF THK BluLotilCAL MuMdlllS . . ([I. vii.)

SVNOI'.-IS OK THK CONTENTS OF THK SEVERAL You MKs OF MKMolK>. . (p. xi.)

( 'L\SSIFIKI> SKMMARY OF THK CONTKNTS OF YOLS. I \"l . . (p. xiii.)

ECHINODERMA.

III. — Ox A COLLECTION OF YOUNG HOLOTHURIOIDS. By PROF. E. "NY.

K, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. . (9 pp., 2 Pis.)

POLYCILETA.

By E. EHLEKS, PROFESSOR IN GOTTIX<;K.V . . (32 pp., 3 I Ms.)

FRESHWATER ALGJv
By F. E. FRITSCH, D.Sc., PH.D., F.L.S. . (GO pp., 3 Pis.)

2

A GENEEAL NOTICE OF THE BIOLOGICAL

MEMOIRS.

THE completion of these fifty memoirs, descriptive of the fauna and flora of thai
part of the Antarctic area which was visited l>y the ' Discoverv,' under the command
of Captain Scott, R.N., C.V.O., offers a suitable opportunity for saying a few words
on the collections that were obtained, and for suggesting some general reflection-
on the inhabitants of the area that was studied.

First of all we have to note the extraordinary differences between the North
and the South Polar regions; in the one there is tin1 polar sea, in the other
solid land. In the one case, the surfaces of its solid places are dominated by
rapacious Carnivores which, ever hungry in such climes, have compelled all
defenceless animals to assume the same colour as themselves and the snow on
which they live. In the other, the absence of aggressors allows the Penguins
to assume the splendid and beautiful colourations which are so well shown in
Dr. Wilson's admirable drawings.

The Antarctic region, instead of being, as we might imagine, with it-
inhospitable climate, almost devoid of life, teems with species, of which 1*27 new
forms are described in these volumes. Of some Amphipoda Mr. Hodgson writes—
"It was quite the usual thing to take 10,000 to 30,000 at a haul." And
the collection of the 'Discovery' Schizopoda contained one species which was
represented by nearly 10,000 specimens. Students of Professor Ehlers' report
on the Polychseta will have only a faint idea of the number of specimens of
Harmothoe */>iii<>x<i brought back by the Expedition.

The Alga Lessonia </nn/t]iji<>r<i was found to have a lamina as much ns
24 feet long; on the other hand, 1\I. Cardot noted that most of the species of
Mosses showed signs, which he has detailed, of the severity of their stru^-le for
existence. With the. exception of some Algai, no freshwater organisms \\-ei-r
obtained by the 'Discovery' Expedition.

viii A GENERAL NOTICE OF THE BIOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On parting with these reports, it rnay be appropriate to say a few words
nil what has most struck me, in the prolonged ami studious attention that I
have given to them. First of all there stands out the observant care of their
duties li\ Mr. Hodgson and Dr. Koettlitz as collectors, under conditions always of
discomfort, and often of danger. In the second place, one cannot but be impressed
with the varied attainments that Dr. Wilson brought to the tasks that he had to
perform ; of his memoirs it may be said that they breathe the true spirit of the
intelligent lover of animals, and they raised a number of interesting questions
which made another visit to the Antarctic regions a necessity for their solution.
Dr. Wilson is not only a naturalist, but he also possesses great power over brush and
pencil, and his drawings added considerably to the attractiveness of Volume II.
I shall not enter at any greater length into Dr. Wilson's observations on Birds,
for any zoologist who has not yet read them should make himself acquainted with
them at once. The same is true of his report on Whales and Seals, the skins of
which were brought home in excellent condition.

Morphological observations of considerable interest are to be found in the
memoirs on the embryos of seals, the development of the feathers of the penguins,
and the account of two new species of Cephalodiscus, whose possession of a noto-
chord and gill slits indicates a possible affinity to Man that would not be
expected at first sight.

Special attention should also be called to the two reports on Echinoderm
Larva} which open up several points of general interest.

Turning to the more strictlv svstematic memoirs I have to note that two

J J

new sub-families have been created, both for Calcareous Sponges. In the zoological
reports 23 new genera are proposed, but none among plants ; there appear to
lie 201 new species of animals, and 26 of plants. As to the validity of the
new species, specialists alone can judge, and even these, as we know, differ
among themselves. I may suggest that another collection should be treated, not
so much as one containing new forms, but as one which, from the very conditions
under which it would be brought together, must offer an admirable opportunity for
the study of variation. I congratulate myself, at any rate, that the collection of
Echinoderms fell into my hands, for I tremble to think how many species some
other worker.- would have made, as a result of the bewildering amount of variation
exhibited by some of the forms.

A <;K.\EI;AL XOTICH OF Tin; IUOLOGICAL MEMOIKS. i.\

On the whole the naturalists, \vitli the possible exception of Sir Charle-
Eliot, K.C.M.G., who have contributed to these reports, do not appear to have
been struck by any resemblance between the faunas of the North and Smith
Poles, and it was therefore with sonic astonishment that I received late last pear
an important memoir, by Professor Theel. urging the evidences nf " bipolarity "
manifested by the Priapulids and Sipunculids collected by the Swedish Antan-tir
Expedition. To this, of course, I can here only draw attention.

It may be remembered that one of the first objects of interest in the whole
collection was the ten-legged Pycnogonid or sea spider found bv .Mr. Hodgson :
it was a curious illustration of the lacunar knowledge of zoologists that it was
some time before a person was found who knew that a ten-legged sea spider
had been discovered many years ago by Mr. Eights, and described bv him under
the quite unintelligible name of Decolitjioiln. But, although the form from off
Victoria Land has ten legs, it differs in no other important point from the
common genus Nymphon, while Eighty's genus, which had marked peculiarities,
was found by the Charcot Expedition in another part of the Antarctic.

It may be observed that there are striking differences between the fauna of
the area explored by English and that examined by French, German, and Swedish
navigators, but the time for an explanation of these has hardly yet come.

Most of the contributors to the biological volumes bear names well knoun
to zoologists or botanists; it has been to me an especial privilege that I have
had the opportunity of introducing to zoological work and zoological workers
Mr. ( '. F. .Tonkin, who is now Professor of Engineering in the I'niversitv <>f Oxford.

( 'omnioii treatment lias been followed in the nomenclature nf both plants and
animals.

F. .IEFFRHY BULL

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY),
Department «/' /m

VOL. VI.

NATURAL HISTORY

OF THE

NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION,

1901-1904.

SYNOPSIS OF THE CONTEXTS OF THE
SEVERAL VOLUMES OF MEMO1HS.

Yol.l MF 1.

FIELD UKOLOUY. . . By H. T. FEKKAK. .M.A.. F.G.S.

1,'nrK Sl'FclMENS . . By G. T. PRIOR, M.A.. D.Sc., F.G.S.

VOU/MF, II.
MAMMALIA (\VHALKS A\I> SEALS). . By FDWAKD A. Wn.snx, M.B.

AYES ...... I'.y FD\YAKD A. WILSON, .M.B.

ON SOME POINTS IN THE ANATOMY OF

THE EMPEROR AND ADELIF PF.NCVINS. BY W. P. I'YCKAFT.

PISCES ...... By (i. A. Boi i.FNi;i:i;. 1 .U.S.

CEPHALODISCUS ... . I5y \V. (!. UIDKWOOD. D.SI .

CEPHALOPODA ..... I'.y \Y. F. HOYI.E, D.Sc.. M.A.
GASTROPODA ..... I'.y FDCAU A. SMIIII. I.S.O.

XrDIP.RANiTUATA .... By SlR CHARLES ELIOT, K.C.M.G., LL.D.

AMPHINKURA ..... By EDUAI: A. SMIIII. I.S.O.
LAMELLIBRA.NCHIATA .... I'.y FDI.AI; A. SMITH, I.S.O.
BRACHIOPODA ..... BY FDCAI: A. SMITH. l.S.o.
DECAPODA . By NY. T. CALM AN. D.Sc.

O MACEA . . . . . -By \\'. T. CAI.MAN, D.Sc.

YoLL'ME III.
ON COLLECTINO IN ANTARCTIC SEAS . By T. V. HoDG-oN. |-'.|;.S.

PTEROPODA .... By SIR CHARLES ELIOT, K.C.M.G., LL.U.

I'YCNOCONIDA ..... By T. V. HOI»;>ON. !•'.!>. S.

ACARI . . . . . -By Di;. F. F. Ti:oi E»AI:T.

AMPHIPODA . . . . -By A. o. WALKER, !•'.!>. S.

LEPTOSTRACA . . . . -By DR. J. THIF.I.F.

OSTRACODA . . . . -By PKOI. G. S. BHAHY, F.IJ.S.

C'lRRIPEDIA . . By 1'ROK. A. GR1 > I L.

CH.ETOI;NATHA . . By DR. G. HERBEM FO\YI.I-:I..

NEMATODA . . . . -By DR. 0. YON LIXSTOW.

^Hl i, -i

xii SYNOPSIS OF THE CONTENTS OF THE SEVERAL VOLUMES OF MEMOIRS.

VOLUME 111 (continued).

CESTODA . . . . . -By ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, F.R.S.

ALCYONARIA . . . . -By PROF. S. J. HICKSON, F.R.S.

HYDROID ZOOPHYTES . . . -By PROF. S. J. HICKSON, F.R.S., and

F. H. GRAVELY.

TENTACLES OF A SIPHONOPHORE . . By DR. J. RENNIE.

HEXACTINELLIDA . . . By R. KIRKPATRICK.

Musci . . . . . -By JULES CARDOT.

.MARINE ALG.E (PH.EOPHYCE.^ AND

FLORIDE.E) . . . . By A. and E. S. GEPP.

MARINE ALG.E (CORALLINACE^) . . By M. FOSLIE.

VOLUME IV.

/ SOLENOGASTRES ..... By DR. H. F. NIERSTRASZ.

APTERA ...... By PROF. G. H. CARPENTER, B.Sc.,

BB 'M.R.I. A.

SCHIZOPODA . . . By W. M. TATTERSALL, M.Sc.

COPEPODA . By R. NORRIS WOLFENDEN, M.D.

ECHINODERMA . . By F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A.

ECHINODERM LARV/E . . By PROF. E. W. MACBRIDE, M. A., F.R.S.,

and J. C. SIMPSON, B.Sc.

SlPUNCULOIDEA . . By W. F. LAN CHESTER, M.A.

MYZOSTOMID.J: . . By DR. RUDOLF RITTER v. STUMMER-

TRAUNFELS.

ACTINIA . . ... By J. A. CLUBB, M.Sc.

TETRAXONIDA . . . . By R. KIRKPATRICK.

\ CALCAREA . . By C. F. JENKIN, B.A.

VOLUME V.

' SEAL-EMBRYOS . . By DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS.

TUNICATA . . -By PROF. W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.R.S.

ISOPODA . . By T. V. HODGSON, F.L.S.

XEMERTINEA . . . . -By PROF. L. JOUBLN.
MEKUS.E . . By EDWARD T. BROWNE.

LICHENES . .... By DR. OTTO VERNON DARBISHIRE.

VOLUME VI.

/ A GENERAL NOTICE OF THE BIOLOGICAL

MEMOIRS . . . By F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A.

SYNOPSIS OF THE CONTENTS OF THE

SEVERAL VOLUMES OF MEMOIRS.
CLASSIFIED SUMMARY OF THE CONTENTS

OF VOLS. I-VI.

ONT A COLLECTION OF YOUNG HOLO-) By PROF. E. W. MACBRIDE, D.Sc., LL.D.,
THURIOIDS . . . ( F.R.S.

POLYCH.ETA . By E. EHLERS, Professor in Gottingen.

\FRESHWATER ALG.E . . . . By F. E. FRITSCH, D.Sc., PH.D., F.L.S.

CLASSIFIED SUMMARY OF THE

CONTENTS OF VOLS. I-VI.

ON CoLLEcrmGia ANTARCTIC ) fi T y HODGSON, F.L.S. . Vol. Ill,

SEAS . . ( J

ZOOLOGY.

VEETEBRATA.

MAMMALIA (WHALKS AND ) t> -n \ w TVTT? it

a \ ( By EDWARD A. \\ILSON, M.B. . . . ,, II.

SEAL-EMBRYOS . . -By DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS . . „ V.

AVKS . . -By EDWARD A. WILSON, M.B. . . „ II.

ON S«MK 1'ulNTS IN THE ~]

ANATOMY OF THE EM- p. w p ^^ n

PEROR AND ADELIE PEN- I J
GUINS J

PISCES . . . . By G. A. BOULEXGER, F.E.S. . „ II.

TUNICATA.

By PROF. W. A. HERDMAX, D.Sc., F.R.S. „ V.

PTEROBRANCHIA.
CEPHALODISCUS . . By W. G. RIDEWOOD, D.Sc. . „ II.

XIV

CLASSIFIED SUMMARY UF THE CONTENTS OF YULS. I-YI.

CEPHALOPODA

GASTROPODA

PTEROPODA

NUDIBRANCHIATA

AMPHINEURA

SOLEXOKASTRKS .

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA

AFTER A

I M-:< APODA .

C'UMACEA .
A.MPHIPODA
ISOPODA

SCHIZOPODA
LEPTOSTEACA
C'OPEPODA .
OSTRACODA

ClRRIPEDIA

MOLLUSCA.

. By W. E. HOYLE, D.Sc., M.A. . . . Vol. II.

. By EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.O. . „ II.

. By SIR CHARLES ELIOT, K.C.M.G.. LL.D. „ III.

. By SIR CHARLES ELIOT, K.C.M.G., LL.D. . „ II.

. By EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.U. . . „ II.

. By DR. H. F. NIERSTRASZ . IV.

By EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.O. . . . ,, II.

BKACHIOPODA.

By EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.O. . . „ II.

AETHROPODA.

(A) IXSECTA.

. By PROF. G. II. CARPENTER, B.Sc., M.R.I. A. ., IV.

(B) PYCXOGONIDA.

By T. V. HODGSON, F.L.S. . „ III.

(0) ACAEI.

By DR. E. L. TROUESSART .....,, 111.

(D) CRUSTACEA.

. By W. T. CALM AN, D.Sc. . . . „ II.

. By W. T. CALM AX, D.Sc. . . „ II.

. By A. 0. \VALKER, F.L.S. . . III.

. By T. V. HODGSON, F.L.S. . . „ V.

. By W. 31. TATTERSALL, M.Sc. . . „ IV.

. By DP, J. THIKLE . „ II J.

. By R. NORRIS WoLFKNDEX, M.D. . . „ IV.

. By PROF. G. S. BRADY, F.R.S. . „ III.

. By PROF. A. GRUVEL . . „ III.

CLASSIFIED SUMMATIY OF THE CONTEXTS OF VOLS. I-YI. xv

ECHINODERMA.

ECHINODERMA . . . By F. JEFFREY P.EU., "M. A. . . . Vol. IV.

jBv PROF. E. W. MACBRIDE, M.A., F.R.S..J
ECHINODERM LARV.K j and J. C. SIMPSON, B. So! ,

i; (By PROF. E. AY. .M.M 'BRIDE, D.Sr., LL.D.J y.

. ( F.H.S. . . }

x A COLLECTION <»F YuuNi; (By PROF. E. AY. .M.M 'BRIDE, D.Sr., LL.D.

HOLOTHURIOIDS .

POLTCMTA.

By PKOF. E. EHLEIJS .. \ I.

SIPUNCULOIDEA.
By W. F. LANCHESTER, ^I.A. „ IV.

AlYZOSTOMID^E.
By DR. RUDOLF RITIBR v. STUMMER-TRAUKFELS . „ l\.

CH^TOGNATHA.

By DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER . . „ II I .

NEMATODA.

By DR. 0. VON LINSTOW . . . . . ,,111.

NEMERTINEA
By PROF. L. JOUBIN . „ V.

CESTODA.
By ARTHUR E. SIIIIM.KV. F.IJ.S. . „ III.

CCELENTEliA.
iA . . By PROF. S. J. HICKSON, F.R.S. . „ III.

il'.v I'KOI. S. .1. Hn-Kst.N. K.U.S.. ,-unl !•'. II.)
BYDROID ZOOPHYTES . j ,,1;AX|,M | ..

TENTACLES OF A SIPHONOPHORE By DR. .1. UKNNIK. ,, III.

MI.I.ISK . . By EDWARD T. BROWNE .

. . By J. A. CLUBB, M.Sc. . .. l\'.

xvi CLASSIFIED SUMMARY OF THE CONTENTS OF YOLS. I-VI.

PORIFERA.

HEXACTINELLIDA . . -By R. KIRKPATRICK . Vol. III.

TETRAXONIDA . . . By R. KIRKPATRICK „ IV.

CALCAREA By C. F. JEXKIN. B.A „ IV.

BOTANY.

H MUSCI.
By JULES CARDOT . . ,, III.

MARINE ALG.E.

PH^EOPHYCE.E AND FLORIDE.E By A. aud E. S. GEPP „ III-

CORALLINACE.E . . . By M. FosLIK ,, HI.

FRESHWATER ALGyE.
By F. E. FRTTSUH, D.Sc., Pn.D., F.L.S. „ VI.

LICHENES.

By DR. OTT<> YK.RMON DARBISHIRE . . ,. V.

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY.

FIELD-GEOLOGY . . By II. T. FERRAR, M.A., F.G.S. „ I.

UOCK-SPECIMENS. . . By G. T. PRIOR, M. A., D.Sc., F.G.S. . „ I.

ECHINODEEMA.

III.-ON A COLLECTION OF YOUNG
HOLOTHUEIOIDS.

BY PROFESSOR E. W. MACBRIDE, D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S.,

Imperial Colleye of Science.

(2 Plates.)

Ix 1908 Professor Jeffrey Bell asked me to report on a collection of young Echmo-
derms, which had been collected by the National Antarctic Expedition. When these
came to hand, they proved to be the post^larval stages of a Holothurioid. To this
collection was added a specimen of the Auricularia larva of some Holothurioid, the
first to be reported from Arctic or Antarctic waters. In an earlier report (5) by
Mr. Simpson and myself on the Echinoderm Iarva3 of the Antarctic Expedition we
described for the first time the occurrence of the free-swimming larvae of
Echinoidea and Ophiuroidea in Antarctic waters. We can now assert the existence
of three out of the four types of free-swimming Echinoderm larva) in these waters.
This is important in view of the opinion which has been expressed that all
Echinoderms in Arctic and Antarctic waters had developments of the shortened
embryonic type without free larva1. I shall, first of all, consider this interesting
specimen, and then detail the results of my work on the post-larval stages which
were contained in the collection.

I. AURICULARIA ANTARCTICA.
(Plate I., fig. 1.)

This unique specimen is distinguished above all by the large number of
wheel-shaped calcareous bodies which it contains. These are distributed all over
the body, but are perhaps most numerous in the anal " field." Each consists of
a concave bowl, the sides of which arc composed of 11 to 13 "spokes" connected
by a rim. At the bottom of the bowl is the hub which projects slightly into the
concavity (fig. 2). Where a view can be obtained from the convex side the hub
is seen to consist of a coarse network of calcareous substance. Similar calcareous
bodies, but with a larger number of spokes, are described from the larva of Synapta
diijitata, but this larva differs from (hat uinler consideration in the fact that its

E. W. MAcBKIDE.

"wheels" arc few in number and confined to the lateral processes, 1-G in each,
whereas in our larva they are extremely numerous. Numerous " wheels " with
13-16 spokes are described by Prof. Chun (2) in a peculiar Auricularia which he
fished up at Orotava at the Canary Islands, and which has been named Auricularia
nudibranchiata by Dr. Mortensen (8).

A few words upon the general anatomy of the Auricularia larva may not be
out of place here. As all zoologists are aware, it possesses, like other Echinoderm
larvae, a thickened band of ciliated ectoderm as locomotor organ, and this band has
the form of a folded loop, the longest axis of which is parallel to the long axis of
the larva ; in a word, the loop has two long parallel sides and shorter anterior and
posterior cross-pieces connecting them. The anterior cross-piece is folded backwards, so
as to form a frontal loop surrounding the forehead or " frontal field," whilst the
posterior cross-piece is folded forwards so as to surround an " anal field " in which
the anus opens. This loop may be termed the anal loop. The adjacent portions of the
frontal and anal loops are termed by Dr. Morteusen (" Quersiiume "), which we may
translate as anterior and posterior " transverse bars." The mouth is situated in a
depression between the anterior and posterior bars termed the oral field. The ciliated
band, in addition to the re-entrant frontal and anal loops, is produced into a number of
"processes" which are homologous with the arms of the Echinopluteus and
Ophiopluteus larvae. Of these the prse-oral processes are developed from the
sides of the frontal loop ; and the post-oral processes from the sides of the
anal loop. Where the frontal loop passes into the sides of the ciliated band, there
are developed the antero-dorsal processes. From these same lateral portions of
the band are developed further back intermediate-dorsal and postero-dorsal
processes. Finally, where the anal loop passes into the lateral portions of the band,
we have the postero-lateral processes. These last, in the opinion of Johannes
Miiller, showed a resemblance to the human ear, whence the name " Auricularia "
was coined to designate the larva.

We have seen that A. antarctica cannot be identified with the larva of Synapta
d'njitata, since in the latter the " wheels " are few in number and are confined to the
processes (1-6 in each). But there are other differences scarcely less striking. In the
larva of Synapta d'ujitata the outline of the ciliated baud is flowingly sinuous, none of the
processes being very strongly marked, whereas in our larva the processes are marked off
by deep re-entrant folds and show some secondary plications. Then the spot where the
frontal loop passes into the lateral portions of the ciliated baud is at the anterior pole
in the larva of Synapta digitata, but in our larva it is displaced far back on to the
dorsal surface. The oral field is comparatively broad in the larva of Synapta, but in
our larva it is reduced to a narrow slit, the anterior transverse bar actually overlapping
the posterior bar at the sides. On the other hand our larva resembles the Orotava
larva not only in the great number and wide distribution of the " wheels," but in the
displacement of the point of union of the lateral part of the ciliated baud with the

EOHINODERMA.

frontal loop on to the dorsal surface, and also in the narrow oral field. But there are,
nevertheless, irreconcilable differences between the two forms. The ciliated band of
the Orotava larva in its lateral portions is produced into numerous secondary processes,
so that the whole animal acquires the appearance of a Nudibranch mollusc, whence
the name A. nudil>rniiclii<it<i. Further, in this larva the post-oral processes are
absent, but these are well marked (Plate I., fig. 1) in our larva, and though the
primary processes arc deeply marked there arc no tag-like secondary processes such
as exist in A. nudibranchiata.

In spite of its considerable size (4 mm. long) our specimen is a young larva,
for the coelom is still in the form of a single unpaired vesicle ('•<"'., fig. 1) com-
municating with the exterior by a pore-canal.

Eeviewing all the evidence, we arrive at the conclusion that our larva is a
new type of Auricularia, to which the specific name " antarctica" may be given.
It probably belongs to some large Holothurioid of the group Synaptidse.

II. POST-LARVAL STAGES OF CUCUMARIA sp.

The specimens composing this collection were mostly in a state of such intense
contraction that their shape approximated to that of a sphere, but a few were
considerably less contracted, and of these sections and whole mounts were made.

In PI. I., fig 3, one of the most successful of the whole mounts is shown. It will
be seen that at the oral end of the body there is an atrium overarched by five valves,
recalling the vestibule of a young Crinoid. In the intervals of the valves glimpses of
the buccal tentacles can be seen. Of these there are ten, as we learn from transverse
sections. The suckers of tube-feet can be seen to lie developed along three radii.

But the most striking feature in the preparation is the presence of numerous
calcareous plates embedded in the skin, so numerous indeed as to constitute a veritable
cuirass, especially over the dorsal surface; the plates do not touch edge to edge but overlap.
Each oral valve is supported by a special plate. Between the rows of tube-feet there
are also calcareous bodies to be found, but these arc not fully formed plates. Through
the semi-transparent tissues the outline of the alimentary canal can just be made out,
and we can observe the thick oesophagus, the long stomach, and the slightly bent
intestine.

Now the identification of these specimens as the young of some species of
Cucuiuaria rests (i) on the number and shape of the buccal tentacles, (ii) on the nature
of the calcareous plates embedded in the skin.

With regard to the first point, Cucuiiinrin is characterised by the possession of ten
" dendrochirote " buccal tentacles, i.e., tentacles which exhibit scattered laieral
branches. Further, these tentacles are devoid of specially developed ampullae, but on
the contrary the whole tentacle ring can be retracted as an introvert. With regard to the

B 2

4 E. W. MACBPJDE.

second point, the occurrence of " Gitterplatten " (lattice-plates) as ralcarcous bodies is of
common occurrence in the genus Cucumaria. Now, in the number of tentacles, the
presence of an introvert, and the shape of the calcareous bodies our specimens resenil >le
Cucumaria. In the presence of tube-feet on only three, radii, they resemble Psolus
[and Colochirus, F.J.B.], but in Psolus the body is flattened on one side so as to
form a creeping sole, whereas in our specimens the body is almost cylindrical, as in
Cucumaria. But to me the strongest evidence of their relationship to this genus
is seen in their resemblance to the young Cucumaria — probably C. lactea, which I
obtained at Plymouth in 1905, one of which is shown in fig. 4. Here too we find
that the tube-feet are not developed on all the interradii, but are confined to two.
Prof. Ludwig (4) notes that in the development of C. planci a pair of tube-feet
are formed at the termination of the median ventral water-vascular canal and remain
for a considerable time the only tube-feet. These two terminal tube-feet are clearly
marked in transverse sections of our specimens (PI. II., fig. 8c).

Our specimens, then, belong to the genus Cucumaria, but they show as yet no
obvious traces of the characteristic pulmonary trees. They are, however, quite adult
in their mode of obtaining food, for the stomach is filled with the half-digested remains
of Algge.

It would seem that a similar stage occurs in the development of Stichopus
japonicus. Professor Mitsukuri (8) has found that the just metamorphosed form has
" a coat of armour," consisting of " disked tables with tall spires united by several
cross-beams, which cover the body thickly, their liases even overlapping one another
when slightly contracted. The ventral pedicels were in three rows."

PI. I., fig. 5 shows a longitudinal sagittal section through a specimen in which the
course of the alimentary canal is quite straight, and in which both mouth and anus are
involved. No endeavour has been made to represent the histology, but the general
relationships of the organs are clearly shown. The mouth leads into an oesophagus
surrounded by a very thick layer of muscles. Un this follows a long conical stomach
filled as noted above with Algae. The stomach leads through a short intestine into
the thin-walled cloaca which is attached to the sides of the body-wall by muscular
strands traversing the ccelom. I was at first inclined to think that our specimens
might be older stages in the development of Cucumaria crocea, the embryos of which
have been described by Mr. Simpson and myself (6). But this cannot be the case, for
in these embryos the alimentary canal is already folded. The stone-canal ends blindly
in a thin-walled sac (ax., fig. 5) embedded in the body-wall ; there is no pore-canal
leading from this sac towards the exterior such as was described by Mr. Simpson
and myself in the case of the embryos of Cucumaria crocea in an earlier report,
nor is there as yet any communication with the body-cavity such as exists in the
adult Holothurians. This sac corresponds to the axial sinus of other Echiuoderms.
The genital base (PI. L, <j. l>., fig. 5), from which spring the rudimentary
genital organs, may be seen close to the stone-canal, but there is as yet no genital

ECIIINODERMA. 5

duct. There is little doubt that this genital base corresponds to the genital stolon
of other Echinoderms. In a transverse section through the region of the tentacles

o o

there is to lie seen in each of the other four interradii a mass of deeply staining
rounded cells (PI. II., fig. 8a). The masses arc attached to the body-wall, and
their component cells in some cases show a tendency to group themselves round a
lumen. Is it possil.de that these are vestigial antimeres of the genital organs
destined to be absorbed? Our material does not allow us to answer this question,
as it shows neither the origin nor the fate of these structures. In the body-wall
on the right hand side of the section may be seen sections of rudimentary tube-
feet. The tip of the tube-foot, that is, the disc of sensory epithelium, appears as
an invaginated cup (j>od. ccf., figs. 5-8, PI. II.) — quite distinct from the outgrowth
from the radial-canal, which forms the inner part of the organ (/""/. < ml., figs. 5-8).
From the radial nerve-cord proceeds a pedal nerve, accompanied, like the nerve
from which it took its origin, by an epineural space.

On each side of the mouth sections of the nerve ring are seen, outside of
which are sections of the epineural ring (<-'j>.), but there is no perihsemal ring. The
buccal tentacle on the right side is seen to be retracted into a pocket of the oral
disc (or.); on the left side a section of one of the five valves of the oral vestibule
is seen.

As we examine similar sections through older specimens the same features can
be made out, and the alimentary canal gradually acquires the characteristic
curvature into three loops so well marked in the adult. The stomach remains
straight and the main portion of this curvature is due to the lengthening of the
intestine. In the latest stage which I found in the collections, a thin-walled
outgrowth of the rectum on one side ()>ul, fig. 7) may be regarded as the rudiment
of the pulmonary trees and « duct foinnctx tin' u.rinl */////* //•//// ///<• t-aloin. This
is the icj/tniiiiii/ of t/m " *<i'nn<l«ri/ iii<«/ri-/><>r!/<-" so c/t(tr<t<'tn-/xtic of tin1 tiilnlt (mad.,
fig. G).

If we turn to transverse sections we sec in fig. 8a the ten biu-cal tentacles
surrounding the mouth. In fig. 8b, a section taken lower down, we can see sections
through the five radii. In each we observe a section of the nerve cord, external to
which is the epineural canal. Internal to it we find a space lined by a thin fiat
epithelium, the radial periha.-mal canal. Internal to this is the radial water vascular
canal, and this is present in each radius, although only in the three \entral are sections
of tube-feet recognisable. In the adult Pollux, according to Professor Ludwig (3), the
two dorsal radial canals are absent. AVhen the radial canals are followed in successive
sections to their tips they do not, as in Echinoidea, Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea, end
in terminal azygous tentacles, but terminate within the body-wall.

The most distal tentacles are laterally placed outgrowths of the median of the
three radial canals which bear tube-feet. These are shown in fig. 8c, which repre-
sents a section from the same series taken near the posterior end of the body.

6 E. w. MACBRIDE.

When we review the account that is here given of these post-larval Holothurians,
we are, I think, confronted with a certain number of Echinoid features.

The almost complete dorsal cuirass of overlapping plates certainly suggests the
corona of an Echinoid, especially if we recollect that, in the earliest Echinoids, the
number of rows of plates in the corona was indefinite in number and the plates over-
lapped.

The closed axial sinus is another Echinoid feature.

Some investigators have made an attempt to show that Holothurioidea are
widely separated from the rest of the Echinoderma. From the development of Syivipta
digitata, the only Holothurian in which the life history has been thoroughly worked
out, it has been argued that since in this form the primary evaginations of the water-
vascular rudiment give rise to the buecal tentacles, whilst the radial canals owe their
origin to secondary evaginations alternating with these, the radial canals of
Holothurioidea are not homologous with those of other Echinoderms. But in our
specimens the canals occupying the interior of the tentacles can be traced into contin-
uity with the radial canals. The fact is that Synapta is about the worst form that
could have been chosen to represent the Holothurioidea. Its radial water-vascular
canals are only transitory larval structures, and its buecal tentacles not only spring
directly from the water- vascular ring, but, in contravention of the rule which prevails in
all the other groups of Holothurioidea, their number is no longer a multiple of five.
The functional importance of the buecal tentacles leads to their early appearance in
ontogeny, before the transitory radial canals appear. Professor Ludwig, who worked out
the early development of Cucumaria plane i (4), points out that in this form the first
tentacles spring from the radial canals.

If we compare the youngest post-larval form with the Auricularla which was
described in the beginning of this paper, we see that the alimentary canal in both
is very similar. The long stomach obviously corresponds in each case, as does the
short intestine. The short thick oesophagus of the post-larval form corresponds to the
inner part of the oesophagus of the Auricularia, whilst the shallow outer part becomes
(as we know from the life-history of other Auricularia} the oral vestibule.

The chief difficulty in the way of deriving Holothurioidea from a primitive form
of Echinoidea has lain in the difference between the Echinopluteus and Auricularia
larvae, and the apparent retention by the latter of more primitive features than
those shown by the Echinopluteus. I have shown elsewhere (5) that the stomach
and intestine of the Echinopluteus are directly converted into the stomach and
intestine of the young Echinoid. Further, in our specimens the stomach remains
unchanged in shape as growth proceeds, and the looping of the alimentary canal
is due solely to the growth in length of the intestine. This is also true of
the Echino/iluft'us. The " amniotic space" in the Echinopluteus inside which the
oral disc of the young Echinoid is formed corresponds to the oral vestibule of
the Auricularia — the difference between the two cases being that in the latter

ECIIINODERMA. 7

form the oral vestibule at the moment of metamorphosis, as Mr. Bury (l) has shown,
deserts its original median position and moves to the left side of the larva,
whilst in the Echinopluteus the original larval oesophagus disappears and a new
" oesophagus " is formed on the left side of the larva. This is undoubtedly the
more modified development, but in respect of the history of the cculom the
Ecldnopluteus has retained a far more primitive arrangement than the Auricularia,
The fact that the original mouth is retained in Anri<-iiliirin. whilst it is lost and
re-formed in Echinoplvfeus, is paralleled by the fact that the mouth is retained in
the Ophiopluteus larva, but lost and re-formed in the more primitive Bipinnaria larva,
yet no one would doubt that an Ophiuroid is derived from an Asteroid. Doubtless
in the primitive Echinuids from which the Holothurioidea diverged the larval mouth
was retained.

If, then, we accept provisionally the hypothesis that the Holothurioidea arc
descended from primitive Echinoidea, a plausible physiological reason can be suggest cd
for their evolution. If ordinary regular sea-urchins be studied in their natural sur-
roundings it will be noticed that they frequent by preference crevices among rocks
and the vertical faces of rocks, where the numerous tube feet borne by their long
radial canals can take hold. Now from habits of climbing the transition to habits of
wriggling through narrow crevices and of burrowing is easy, and what little is known
of the habits of Holothurioidea points to the conclusion that their normal habits arc
of this kind. I have myself dug up Syunpta iii/nH'ren* from its burrows in the mud,
and Professor Mitsukuri (8) records that piles of stones are made in order to collect
Stichopus japunicus, which is one of the species used for food and known as Trepang.*
Such habits would require an increase in the muscularity of the body-wall and
a disappearance of the corona, and thus the distinctive features of Holothurioid
anatomy would appear to have been evolved.

* Compare F. I). Bennett's account of the habits of the Trepang, ' Whalinj; Ynya'jv ' i I N In), i., p. ] ~:< :
" They usually lie exposed in the shallow waters, though we have very often seen them buried in beds of
coral sand, their plumy tentacles being alone exposed, and floating in the water above, apparently as a lure
for prey. Some may also be observed lying on the rocks, their bodies completely encrusted with coral saud,
which may either have been accumulated by a previous burrowing, or thus used as a disguise." — F. J. B.

E. w. MAG-BRIDE.

LIST OF WORKS REFERRED TO IN PROF. E. W. MAcBRIDE'S REPORT
ON A COLLECTION OF YOUNG HOLOTHURIOIDS.

(1) BURY, H. The Metamorphoses of Echinoderms. Q. J. Micr. Sci. Vol. 38 (1895).

(2) CHUN. Atlantis. Biologischc Studien iiber pelagiache Organismen. Bibliotheca Zoologica. Heft 19

(1896).

(3) LunwiG, H. Echinodermen in Bronn's Klassen und Ordmmgen des Thicrreichs. Bel. n., Abt. 3,

Buch 1. Die Seewalzen. 1889-1S92.

(4) LUDWIG, H. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte cler Holotlmrien. Sitzungsbcr. d. Berliner Akad. d.

Wissensch., is<)l.

(5) MACBRIDH, E. AV. The development of Echinus escidentus, together with some points in the

development of E. milaris and E. acutm. Phil. Trans, of the Royal Society. Vol. 95 (1903).

(6) MACBEIDE, E. W., and SIMPSON, J. A. Report on the Echinoderm larvae of the National

Antarctic Expedition. Vol. iv. (1908).

(7) MITSUKURI, K. Notes on the habits and life-history of Stichnpus Japonicus : Annotationes Zoologicae

Japonenses. Vol. v., Part i. (1903).

(8) MORTENSEN, TH. Die Echinodermenlarven der Plankton-Expedition, etc. Ergebnisse der Plankton-

Expedition der Humboldt-Stiftung. Vol. II. J. (1898).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES I. AND II.,

ILLUSTRATING PROF. E. W. MAcBRIDE'S REPORT ON A COLLECTION

OF YOUNG HOLOTHURIOIDS.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

ax., Axial sinus.

circ. w. Water ring

coe., Coelom.

d.v ., Dorsal blood-vessel.

fp., Epineural canal.

g. ?, Problematical interradial group of cells

resembling a young gonad.

ff.b. Genital base.

gon. Gonad.

int., Intestine.

mad. Rudiments] internal madreporite.

muse, circ., Circular muscles of oesophagus.

muse, rad,, Radial muscle.

nerv. circ., Nerve-ring.

nerv. rad., Radial nerve.

ass., Oesophagus.

or., Oral pocket into which one of the

buccal tentacles is retracted.
ped. gang., Pedal ganglion.

perih., Perihajinal canal.

pod. ect., The ectodermal disc of a tube-foot

forming in its retracted state a cup.

pod. end., The endodermal canal of a tube-foot.

Pol., Polian vesicle.

pul., Rudiment of pulmonary trees.

reel. Rectum.

r.w., Radial water-vascular canal.

st. c., Stone-canal.

stom. Stomach.

ECHINODEBMA.

PLATf] I.

Fio. 1. — Aurimlaria antardira viewed from tlie ventral aspect, Magnification L'J diameters, coe., the

spherical eoelomic vesicle.

Fin. 2. — Some of the calcareous wheels of .1. (i/t/t<ri-/irit. Magnification :.'dd diaiin.-ters. n., seen from the
convex side, //., r., and iL, from the concave side.

FlG. 3. — One of the youngest of the llolotlmrioids in the collection, viewed from the side. Magnification

(in diameter.--.

FIG. 4. — A young Cucumarian, presumably ('. ln-tm, .Indeed at Plymouth in 1905. Magnification

110 diameters. A key is given to this plate.

PLATE II.

FIG. 5. — A median longitudinal section through one of the youngest Tlolothurioids in the collection.
Magnification aliont lid diameters. The intestine is seen to be perfectly straight and very short, and
the stone canal (st. c.) opens into a closed vesicle (a.r.).

FIG. C. — A somewhat lateral longitudinal section through an older specimen than that represented in
Fig. 5. Magnification 75 diameters. The axial sinus is seen to communicate with the cojlom by
a canal (mad.}.

Fin. 7. — A median longitudinal section through a specimen about the same age as that represented in
Fig. (i. Magnification 75 diameters. pitl.,n diverticulnm of the thin-walled rectum, which is in all
probability the rudiment of the pulmonary trees.

FIG. 8, a., l>,, and c. — Three transverse sections through one of the younger specimens. Magnification
7."> diameters. 8«. is through the tentacles; */*. through the middle region of the body, and
Si1, through the posterior end ; ij. .' curiously deeply-staining packets of cells resembling rudimentary
gollads.

The restriction of the tube-feet to the three ventral interradii is seen, as also the fact that
the most terminal tube-feet belong to the uiid-veiitral radius.

Oral field...

prafOT'iil
P-

2.

intmrti-Jiate \
JarsajL p

po-st-oral p:
pnstero-

posteru-latcralp

poster 0-lcutei-al
P

1.

cn-al valves

feelers
oral valyes

-feeler

cole:

--pod.

coif

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Holothui-ioid«,pJ.I.
I Key.)

Au.t.del.Huth,Hth etimp

: ;--r:

vv? *

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp. unj| Holot/lmrioids.] - ' i np.

gon,.

8 b.

.cct.

Anta,rc tic (Discovery; F> You.nt, uurioids. pJ II Aut.del. Huth lith. et imp.

POLYCH.ETA.

Von E. EHLERS,

Professor in Gii<tin:/i-n.

(3 Plates.)

VORWORT.

DIE auf den folgenden Bliittern aufgezahlten polychaeten Auncliden gehoreu zu der
Sammlung, die auf der englischen antarctischen Expedition der 'Discovery' in den
.labren 1901-1904 gemacht wurde. Sic warden niir mi- Bearbeitung iibcrgeben, als
ich es unternoninien hatte, die Annelideu, die auf der deutschen Siidpolar- (' Gauss- ')
Expedition gesammelt wareu, zu untersucben. Diese sebr umfangreicbe Sammlung hat
mich lang beschaftigt. Icb hielt es fiir angemessen, die aus der ' Discovery '-Expedition
stammendeu Wtirmer gleicbzeitig zu bearbeiten. Die Bearbeitung bcider Sammlungen
ist nun soweit abgeschlosseu, dass die Ergebnisse zu iibersehen sind. Ich bin dadurch
in die Lagc versetzt, diese, soweit sic sich auf die Tliiere dcs antarctischen Kreises
beziehen, mit einander zu vergleichen, und urn Wiederholuugen zu vermciden, in der
folgendeu Darstellung auf die Ergebnisse der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition liier sclmn
Riicksicht zu uehmeu. Das geschielit mit der Notiz "Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition."

* It ha.s not been thought necessary to postpone the publication of this Memoir till after the production of
Prof. Ehlor's report, which may not be published till next year, in one of the volumes of the " Deutsche Siidpolar-
Expedition 1901-3."— F. J. B. (25. i. '12).

t -

2 E. EHLERS.

I. THEIL.

ZUSAMMENSTELLUNG.

Die gauze Sammlung enthiilt 46 Arten von Polychseten, die sich auf 38 Gattungen
und 20 Familien vertheilen. Von dieseu siud 11 Arten bis jetzt unbeschrieben,
6 davon werdeu in den Ergebnissen der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition beschrieben,
5 davon gehorcn der Sammlung der ' Discovery ' an.

Im Folgenden gebe ich das Verzeichnis der gefundeuen Polychseten.

Apkroditidse.

Harmotlioe spinosa Kbg.
Harmothoe crosetensis Mclnt.
Harmotlioe tuberosa sp. u.
Hermadiou magalhaensis Kbg.
Enipo rhombigera Ehl.

Phyllodocidse.

Eulalia magalhaensis Kbg.
Eteone sp. Larve.
" Phyllodociden :' Larve.
Pelagobia longicirrata R. Greeff.
Maupasia caeca Vig.

Hesionidse.

Gyptis incompta sp. u.
Podarke comata sp. u.
Magalia inermis sp. n.

•

Alciopidse.
Alciope cari Her.

Syllidae.

Trypanosyllis gigantea Mclnt.
Syllis brachycola Ehl.
Pionosyllis comosa Grav.
Pionosyllis stylifera sp. n.
Eusyllis kerguelensia Mclnt.
Syllides articulosus Ehl.
Syllides sp. ?

Autolytus maclearanus Mclnt.
Autolytus longstaffi sp. u.

POLYCHJETA.

Lycoridse.

Nereis vallata Gr.

Eunicidse.
Marphysa aenea Blanch.

Glyceridse.

Glycera capitatn Onl.

Spionidse.

Nerinopsis kystricosa sp. n.
Polytroche Spioniden Larve.

Ariciidse.

Aricia marginata Ehl.

Opheliidse.

Travisia kerguelensis Mcliit.
Ammotrypane gymnopyge Ehl.

Typhloscolecidse.

Sagittella lobifera sp. n.
Sagittella cornuta sp. n.

Telethusse.
Arenicola assimilis Ehl. var. affinis Ashw.

CMorsemidse.

Flabclligera munrlata Grav.
Trophonia kerguelarum Gr.

Eumcnia oculata Ehl.

Maldanidse.
Maldanella neo-zealandica Mcliit.

Ampharetidse.

Salicllidcs elongatus sp. n.

Terebellidse.

Nicolea bilobata (Gr.).
Nicolea chilcnsis Schm.

4 E. EHLERS.

Sabellidae.

Laonome antarctica Kbg,
Myxicola sulcata sp. n.

Serpulidse.

Serpula vermicularis L. var. narconensis Bd.
Spirorbis perrieri Caull. et Mesn.

Die weitaus grosste Anzahl der gefundenen Polychseten starnmt, entsprechend
der langeren Zeifcdauer der Sammelthiitigkeit, aus dem antarctischen Kreis mit dem
Mittelpunkt des Winterquartiers der ' Discovery/ und von der Kiiste des South Victoria
Landes und der vorliegenden Inseln. Hierzu komnieu einige Fuude von der Kiiste der
Auckland Inseln und der daneben liegencleu Shoe Insel, sowie solche, die auf der Fahrt
gemacht wurden.

Nach den Fundortangaben, die bei den gesammelten Thieren lagen, gebe ich
folgende Zusammenstellung. Die Bezeichnungeu No. 1 hole- 1 3 hole gehen Offnungen
an, die in das Eis geschlagen waren und aus denen gefischt wurde ; die Dauer der
Befischung mit dem Schleppnetz und die Beschaffenheit des Grundes 1st dauebeu
anffeereben.

o O

WINTER QUARTERS.

Harmothoe spinosa Kbg., 27. i. 02, 300 fms.* ; 29. i. 02 ; 26. ii. 02 ; 8. iii. 02 ;

18. iii. 02, 10 fms. ; 21. iii. 02; 28. iii. 02, 10 fms. ; 5. vi. 02 ; 15. vi. 02, D. net :

7. viii. 02, 175 fms. ; 22. ii. 03, 10 fms.

Harmothoe crosetensis Mcliit., 27. i. 02, 300 fms. ; 13. ii. 02, 178 fms. ; 1. v. 02.
llannotltoe tuberom sp. n., 27. i. 02, 300 fms.; 8. iii. 02; 21. iii. 02, 10 fms.;

15. vi. 02, D. net.

Hermadion magalhaensis Kbg., 27. i. 02, 300 fms. ; 28. ii. 02, 20 fms.
Enipo rhombigera Ehl., 21. i. 02, 300 fms. ; 29. i. 02 ; 7. viii. 02, 178 fms. ; 1. ii. 03.
Phyllodociden Larve, 19. ii. 02.
Podarke comata Ehl., 20. ii. 02.
SylUs brachycola Ehl., 19. iii. 02, 10 fms.
Pionosyllis coinosa Grav., 20. ii. 02, 10 fms. ; 23. vi. 02.
Pionosyllis stylifera Ehl., 20. ii. 02 ; 22. iii. 02, 10 fms.
Syllides arliculosus Ehl., 19. iii. 02.

Autolytus maclearanus Mclnt, 19. ii. 02 ; 19. iii. 02, 10 fms. ; 22. iii. 02, 10 fms.
Nerinopsis hystricosa, 13. vii. 03, 10 fms.
" Polytroche Spioniden Larve," 19. ii. 02.
Aricia marginata Ehl., 13. vi. 02.

* Prof. Ehlers has, as others, translated " fathoms " by " Faden " ; I have enquired of the Naval Attache to
the German Embassy in London, who tells me that in the " Handbook of Navigation " a " Faden " is said to be
equal to 1'88 meters, and a "fathom" to 1'829. When multiplied by 100 the difference between the two is
considerable. — F. J. B.

POLYCH^TA. 5

Ammotrypane gymnopyge Ehl., 5. vi. 02, D. net,

Flabelligera mundata Grav., 21. iii. 02, 10 fms.

Trophonia kerguelarum Gr., 27. i. 02, 300 fnis.

Mco/m W/wfiata Gr., 20. ii. 02 ; 28. ii. 02, 107 fms. ; 19. iii. 02, 10 fms. ; 13. ii. 04.

Laonome antarctica Kbg., 27. i. 03.

Serpula vermicular is L. var. narconensis Bd., 29. i. 02, 100 fms. ; 8. ii. 02, 100 fms.

No. 2 hole.
150 yards S. of Ship. 10 fms. Stones and Gravel. 10. iv. 02 to 29. iv. 02.

Harmothoe tuberosa, 28. iv. 02.

Pelagobia longicirrata R. Gr., 1. vii. 02, 4 fms. ; 1. viii. 02 ; 13. viii. 03, 10 fins.

Nerinopsis hystricosa sp. n., 1. vii. 02, 4 fms. ; 1. viii. 02, D. net.

No. 3 hole.
Half mile S. of Ship. 56 fms. Stones and Gravel. 23. iv. 02 to 11. vi. 02.

Maupasia cseca Vig., 11. vi. 02, 5 fms.
Nerinopsis hystricosa sp. n., 11. vi. 02, 5 fms.

No. 4 hole.

Half mile S. of Hut Point, 41 fms. Stones. 1. xi. 02 to 19. vi. 03.
Pelagobia longicirrata R. Gr. 14-25 ii. 02, 5-6 fms. ; 16. v. 02, 5 fms. ; 25. xii. 02,

6 fms. ; 16. ii. 03, 5 fms. ; 24. ii. 03, 5 fms. ; 21. iii. 03, 6 fms. ; 23. iii. 03, 6 fms. ;

29. iv. 03, 5 fms. ; 6. v. 03, 5 fms. ; 9. v. 03, 5 fms., 8 fms. ; 29. v. 03, 5 fms. ;

18. ix. 03, 10 fms.

Maupasia cseca Vig., 25. v. 03, 5 fms.
Autolytus longstaffi sp. n., 18. ix. 03, 10 fms.

Nerinopsis hystricosa sp. n., 9. v. 03, 5 fms., 8 fms. ; 29. v. 03, 5 fms. ; 18. ix. 03, 8 fms.
" Poly troche Spioniden Larve," 16. ii. 03, 5 fms. ; 18. iv. 03, 10 fms.
Eumenia oculata Ehl., 14. xii. 02, 6 fms.

No. 5 hole.

Seal hole. l£ miles W. of Hut Point, 178 fms. 1. viii. 02-7. viii. 02.
Trypanosyllis giyantea Mclnt. 12. iii. 03, 10 fms.
Nicolea lilobata Gr., 14. i. 03.

No. 6 hole.

1* miles N.W. of Hut Point. 125 fms. Stony ground. 27. xii. 02 to 8. iv. 03.
Harmothoe spinosa, 10. i. 03, 180 fms. ; March, 1903 ; 10. iii. 03, 13 fms.
Pelagobia longicirrata R. Gr., 26. ii. 03, 6 fms. ; 12. iii. 03, 5 fms. ; 6. v. 03, Plankton.
Nicolea lilobata Gr., 4. iii. 03, 30 fms.

Laonome antarctica Kbg., 4. iii. 03, 130 fms. ; 13. vi. 02, 100 fins.
Serpula vermicular is L. var. narconensis Bd., 15. ii. 02.

E. EHLERS.

No. 8 hole.
30 yards S. of Hut Point. 8. ii. 04.

Pelagobia longicirrata E. Gr., 5. v. 03, 10 fms. ; 18. v. 03, 10 fms. ; 2G. v. 03, 10 fins. ;

1. vi. 03, 10 fms. ; 28. vi. 03, 10 fms. ; 24. vii. 03, 10 fins. ; 1. viii. 03, 10 fms. ;

21. viii. 03, 10 fms. ; 27. viii. 03, 10 fins.
Muupasia cseca Vig., 28. vi. 03.

Gyptis incompta Ehl., 16 vi. 03, 10 fins. ; ix. 03, Grund, 200 fms.
Trypanopyllis gigantea Mclnt., 23 iii. 03, 10 fms.
SylliJes sp. ?, 13. viii. 03, 10 fms.

Nerinopsis hystricosa sp. n., 28. vi. 03 ; 24. vii. 03, 10 fms. ; 13. viii. 03, 10 fins.
Serpula vermicularis L. var. narconensis Bd., 1. iv. 03, 10 fms.

No. 9 holt.'.

Halfway between No. 6 and Flagon Point. 51 fnis. 10. iii. 03 to 1. iv. 03.
Pelagobia longicirrata E. Gr., 2. x. 02, 10 fms.

No. 10 hole.

Ity miles S. of Ship. 127 fms. On the edge of a bank. Bottom,
small stones and organic debris. 14. iv. 03 to 14. viii. 03.

Harmothoe spinosa Kbg., 22. iv. 03, 127 fms. ; 3. vi. 03, 130 fms.

Harmothoe crosetensis Mclnt, 4. v. 03, 130 fms.

Trypanosyllis gigantea (Mclut.), 18. vi. 03, 130 fms.

Eusyllis kerguelensis Mclut., 3. vi. 03, 130 fms.

Nli.-olea lilobata Gr., 18. vi. 03, 130 fms.

Laonome antarctica Kbg., 18. vi. 03, 130 fms.

My.ricola sulcata sp. n., 18. vi. 03, 130 fins.

No. 12 hole.
100 yards S. of Hut Point. 25-30 fins. D. net, 20. viii. 03 to 5. xi. 03.

Harmothoe spinosa Kbg., 20. viii. 03; 29. viii. 03; 4. ix. 03, D. net; 8. ix. 03,

D. net ; 25-30. ix. 03, D. net.

Enipo rhombigera Ehl., 29. viii. 03, D. net; 8. ix. 03, D. net.
Pdngulia hnigifirrata B, Gr., 21. x. 03, 10 fins. ; 2. xi. 03, 10 fms. ; 5. xi. 03, 6 fins.
Gyptis inctunptit sp. n., 8. ix. 03, D. net.
*]fat/<ilia inermis sp. n., 2. x. 02, 10 fms.
Autolytus madearanus Mclut., 25-30. ix. 03, D. net.
Glycera capitata Ord., 4. ix. 03, D. net.
Nerinopsis hystricosa sp. n., 5. xi. 03, 6 fms.
Aricia marginata Ehl., 4. ix. 03, 257 fms.
Eumenia oculata Ehl., 4. ix. 03, 25 fms.
Nicolea bilobata Gr., 18. ix. 03, D. net.

POLYCH/ETA.

No. 12 hole (2). — HAZEX POINT.
Serpula vermicidaris L. var. imrcunensis Bd., 17. x. 03, 20 fms.

No. 13
20 yards N.E. of Hut Point, 7. xii. 03 to 27. i. 04.

Pclagobia longicirrata R. Gr., 4. i. 04, (3 fms.
A'crinopsis hystricosa sp. n., 15. xii. 03, 8 fms.

*

MOLLENDO BAY near W.<,».

mogalhoensis Kbg., 13. ii. 02, 10 fms.
s maclearanus Mdnt., 8. ii. 02, 9(5-120 fms.
l>'ilot«.it<i. Gr., 28. ii. 02, 20 fins.

HUT POINT.

s/unusa Kbg., 13. ii. 02, D. net; 13. ix. 02, U. net; 24. ix. 02;

18. x. 02, D. not; 25. x. 02 ; 30. x. 02 ; 11. xi. 02 ; 13. xi. 02 ; 19. xi. 02 ;

15. xii. 02, D. net; 24. viii. 03, D. net.

Gi/ptis incompta sp. n., 25. x. 02, D. net; 15. xii. 02, D. net.
Trypanosyllis gigantea Mclnt., 300 yards S. Hut Pt, 8. ii. 03.
Nicolea bilobata, Gr., 18. x. 02 ; 13. ii. 04, D. net.

WEST POINT.
IliTinmUon mogalhaensis Khg., 18. x. 02.

FLAGON POINT.

Jfitnitof/nx.' .«i>inosa Kbg., 17. i. 03, 102 fms. ; 23. i. 03, 20 fms. ; 23. ii. 03.

GLACIER HOLE.

Kn.ipo rhombigera Ehl., 2. i. 04, 180 fms.
Laonome antarcticn Kbg., 2. i. 04, 180 fms.

OFF CAPE ARMITAUE.

Laonome cinfnn-ti<;i Kbg., 13. ix. 02, 100 fms.

/x L. var. narconensis B<1., 13. ix. 02, 100 fins.

BAY.

Kbg.. 8. ii. 02, 9(5-1 20 fms. ; 13. ii. 02, 107 fms. ; 28. ii. 02, 20 fms.

r/n>i,i/>;;/,T<i Hlil., 8. ii. 02, 9(5-120 fms.
PionosylUs *?>//!/< ni sp. n., 28. ii. 02, 20 fms.

VOL. VI. 1)

E. EHLERS.

EREBUS AND TERROR.
Sabellides elongatus sp. 11., 21. i. 02, 500 fms.

COULMAN ISLAND.

Harmothoe spinosa Kbg., 13. i. 02, 100 fms. ; 15. i. 02, 15-18 fms.

Enipo rhombigera Ebl., 13. i. 02, 100 fms.

Eutalia magalhaensis Kbg., L3. i. 02, 100 fms.

Pelagobia longicirrata E. Gr., 22. ii. 04, 13-20 fms.

Trypanosyllis gigantea Mclnt., 13. i. 02.

Glycera capitata Orel., 4. ix. 03, D. net,

Flabdligera mundata Grav., 13. i. 02.

^'rpula vermicularis L. var. narconensis Bel., 13. i. 02, 100 fms.

CAPE ADARE.

Harmothoe spinosa Kbg., 9. i. 02, 20 fms. ; 24. ii. 04.

Eusyllis kerguelensis (Mclnt,), 9. i. 02, 20 fins.

Travisia kerguelensis Mclnt., Laminarian root, 12. ii. 04, 17-20 fms.

Spirorbis perrieri M. Caullcry & F. Mesn., 24. ii. 04, 13-20 fms.

Von cliesen Arten sind zur Zeit die folgenden nur als antarctische bekannt : —

Enipo rhombigera Ehl.
Gyptis incompta sp. n.
Podarke comata sp. n.
Magalia inermis, sp. u.
Pionosyllis comosa Grav.
Pionosyllis stylifera sp. n.
Autolytus longstaffi, sp. n.
FlulcUigcra mundata Grav.
Sabellides elongatus sp. n.
Myxicola siildtta, sp. u.

Die iibrigeu Arten siud auch notial oder atlanto-pacifisch ; darunter hat Pelagobia
lomjisetosa R. Gr. pelagisch cine sehr weite Verbreitung uud ist Glycera capitata Ord.
vielleicht bipolar.

POLYCH^TA.

AUF DER FAHRT GKS.AMMELT.
Lot. 41° 10' ,S'., L'li;/. 178° 18' 30" W.

Eti'one, sp. Larve.

Lu. 49° 40' ,<?., £0»z0. 172° 18' 15" W.
Sagittella cornutn sp. n.

Lit. 54° 01' ,S., £<w/. 170° 49' /.'.

Pelagobia lom/icirrata R. Gr., 27. x. 01.
Polytroche Spivnidfii Larve, 27. \\\. 01.

Za/. 66° 52' X, LOIKJ. 178° 15' ^.
Sagittella l«l>ifera sp. u., 3. i. 02.

I., it. r,G° 53' 5., Lon,j. 178° 15' /;.
Alciopc car! Her., 3. i. 02.

AUCKLAND ISLAND, WILL POINT, LAKRIE HARIKK i;.

Xi-reis vallata Gr., 25. iii. 04.
Marphysa aenea Blanch., 25. iii. 04.
Arenicola assi'mili* Ehl. var. a/inis Ashw., 28. iii. 04.
MitManeUa neo-zealandica Mclnt., 25. iii. 04.
chilensis Schm., Shore, 10. v. 04.

SHOE ISLAND.

Nereis nillntii Gr., 23. iii. 04.
Alle iliese Arten halicu mehr oiler minder weite indo-pacifische Verbreitung.

D 2

10 E. EHLERS.

II. THEIL.

SYSTEMATISCHES.

APHRODITID^:.

HARMOTHOE SPINOSA Kbg.

Synonymic : Ehlers, Polychaeten il. Magell. u. Chilen. Straudes, Festschr. Ges. Gottingeu (1901), p. 41.

Voii deu mannigfaltigen Farbenvarietaten, unter denen diese im antarctisclien
Kreise weit verbreitete Form auftritt, hebe icli einige besonders auffallende, nur selten
beobachtete Formen hervor. So das auf »P1. I., fig. 8 abgebildete Thier, das naeh dem
Besitz der blaschenartigen randstiin-digen Warzen an den Elytren in die Vesiculosa- Gruppe
gehort : die braunviolettcn Elytren siud hier iiber der Anheftungstelle mit einem
liellfarbigen runden Fleck gezeichuet. Ein andercs Thier trug uuter den Elytren auf
der Riickeuflache cine auffallende Zeichnung von queren Binden, ahnlich jener, die bei
Eii/jio rhombigera Ehl. sich findet ; da das Thier vom gleichen Fundort wie diese Art
stammt, konnte man an eine Art von Mimicry denken. Die auch sonst beobachtete
Bildung, dass sich auf der Kiickenflache des Elytron iiber der Anheftungstelle eine
einzelne grosse keulenformige Papille erhebt, ist cirimal von mir beobachtet (W.Q. ;
15. xii. 02; D. net; Hut Pt.).

Von Cap Adare aus 20 fins. Tiefe stammt ein junges 10 mm. langes Thier mit
31 Segrnenten, bei dem auf dem Kopnappen hinter dem unpaaren Fiihler cine mediane
Leiste stand; ich muss unentschieden lasseu, ob das mehr bedeutet als eine Variation.

Fundorte.—W.Q.,27. 1. 02, 300 fms. ; 29. 1. 02 ; 2G. ii. 02 ; 8. iii. 02 ; 18. iii. 02,
10 fms. ; 21. iii. 02 ; 28. iii. 02, 10 fms. ; 5. vi. 02 ; 15. vi. 02 ; 7. viii. 02, 178 fms. ;
22. ii. 03, 10 fms. -- No. 6 hole, 10. i. 03, 180 fms. ; March 1903 ; 10. iii. 03, 13 fms. -
No. 10 hole, 22. iv. 03, 127 fms. ; 3. vi. 03, 130 fms. - - No. 12 hole, 20. viii. 03, D. net ;
29. viii. 03 ; 8. ix. 03, D. net; 25-30. ix. 03, D. net. - - Hut Point, 13. ii. 02, D. net ;
13. ix. 02, D. net; 24. ix. 02 ; 18. x. 02, D. net; 25. x. 02, D. net ; 30. x. 02, D. net;
11. xi. 02 ; 13. xi. 02; 19. xi. 02; 15. xii. 02, D. net; 24. viii. 03. -- Cape Adare,
9. i. 02, 20 fms. ; 24. ii. 04. -- Coalman Isl., 13. i. 02, 100 fms. ; 15. i 02, 15-18 fms.
Weitere Verbreitung. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land, Siid-Georgien, Falkland Insel,
Magellangebiet, Kerguelen, Neu Seelaud (Ehlers).

HARMOTHOE CROSETENSIS (Mclnt,).

Lai/isca crosetf/isis, Mclntosh, Report ' Challenger,' Zoo!., vol. xii. (1885), p. 88.

Von dieser Art habe ich eine ausfiihrliche Darstelhmg in der Bearbeitung der
Anneliden-Sammlung der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition gegeben, in der sie gut
vertreten war.

POLYCH^TA.

11

Fundort.—'W.(.l, 27. I. 02, 300 fms. ; 13. ii. 02, 178 fins. ; 1. v. 02 ; 1. viii. 02. -
No. 10 hole, 4. v. 03, 130 fms.

Weltere Verbreilung.—Kai&ei- Wilhelm II Laud (Ehlers). In der Niihe drr
Crozet Insel (Mclntosli).

HARMOTHOE TUBEROSA, sp. u.

Nachdem ich von der Harmothoe spinosa Kbg. eine grosserc Reilie von Varietaten
kennen gelernt habe, muss ich die friiher * von mir vermuthungsweise gleichfalls als
eine Varietat dieser Art angesprochene Polyuoine von der Bouvet-Insel (loch von
dieser als gesonderte Art auffassen, da ich keiue Ubergangsforrneu zu der so
sehr variabelen Harm/ithoi' splnosa Kbg. gefundeu habe. Der folgenden Beschreibung
liegt ein einzelnes Stiick zu Grunde.

Der zwischen Kopflappeii uud Aftersegment :!f> Segmenten fiihrende, auf der
Bauchrlache platte, auf der Riickenflache wenig gcwiilbte Korper ist 47 mm. iang, bat
seine grosste Brcite (13 rum.) zwischen clem 4tc" und f/'" Elytron und ist narh voru
and hinten wenig verschmalert. Die Riickenflaehe ist viilhg von den imbricat-decussaten
braunlich-graucn Elytren gedeckt, iiber die an den Seiten die braunen Borsten wenig
hcrvorragen (PI. I., fig. l).

Der Kopfiappen (PL I., fig. 2), ist cine miissig gewolhte farblosc Platte, die etwa so
Iang als in der hinteren Halfte breit ist, narh hiuteu wenig, iiach vorn fast um die Hiilfte
verschmalert und hier median tief eingefurcht. Zwei kleinc punktformige sdiwarzr
Augen steheu nahe vor clem Ilinterrande, jedes elwa gleich weit von der MitteUinie
\vit- vom Seitenraude entfernt. Ein xweitcs griisseres Augc. von obcn ni<-lit siditbar,
steht unmittelbar hiuter dem Ursprang der paarigen Fiihler. Am Yorderrande ent-
springt in desseu medianem Einschnitt mit einem grosseu kegelformigen Wurzelgliede,
das die Liinge dcs Kopflappens iibertrifft, der langc unpaare schlank kegelfBnoige mit
fciuem Endfadeu auslaufende Fiihler, der mit Ausuahmc des Endl'adciis von Papillen
xottig rauh ist. Unmittelluir neben ihm stehen die schr \ id kleineren, wenig fiber das
Wurzelglied des uupaaren liinausreicheudeu, mit Ausnahme der Spitze gleidifalls
rauhen paarigeu Fiihler. Zwei glatte schlauk kegelformige Palpcn kommen von der
Unterseite des Kopflappens uud reichen nach vorn gelegt weiter als der unpaare
Fiihler.

Das erste Segment ist erheblidi kiirzer als die folgeuden ; diese sind mit Ruderu
etwa siebenmal, ohne Ruder nieht gunx fiiufmal breiter als Iang. Ihrc Uiickciifladii-
ist uuter den Elytren in autl'allendcr \\eise darch eine mediane Reilie von Hoekern
ausgezeichnet (PI. I., fig- 2). Am crsteu Segment ist dieser Ib'irkcr ein kleiner nadi
vorn auf dem Kopflappen liegender braunlicher Lappen ; auf den folgendeu Segmenten
verbreitert sich der Hiickcr zu eiiiem (jiieren Wulst mit starker vorspringenden nadi

* Ehlers, Bodensiissige Anneliden
xvi., 1908), p. 43.

. Deutsch. Tiefsee-Expedition (Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp.,

to.*-*-

A»As*
' \£

12 E. EHLERS.

hinten gericheten Ecken ; in der hinteren Korperstrecke ziekt sick die Biklung wiecler zu
einem unpaaren medianen Hocker zusammen (PI. I., fig. 3). Ein Alterniren haljc ich
hierbei nicht gesehen, wold aber einmal auf einem Segmente den Ausfall eines solchen
Hookers. Dass diese Bildung variiert, zeigte eiu Exemplar aus 300 fms. Tiefe (27. i. 02),
bei dem diese Hoeker nur auf den vorderen sechs Segmenten vorhanden waren.

Das erste Segment tragt jederseits zwei lange zottige Fiihlercirren mit nackter
Endspitze auf dicbt zusammen stehenden Wurzelgliedern ; sie reichen nach vorn fast so
weit als die Palpen ; Borsten habe ich zwischen den Wurzelgliedern nicht geseheu.

An den folgenden Segmeuten tragen die Ruder in typisch alternirender Weise
(1. 3. 4. 6. ... 24. 27. 30.) 13 Paare Elytren und Riickencirren. Das Ruder
(PI. I., fig. 4) hat eineu kiirzeren dorsalen und langeren ventralen Ast ; der dorsale
erscheint als ein aufwarts gerichtete Fortsatz auf der Wurzel des seitwarts gewendeten
ventralen Astes ; ersterer hat eine kurze fiugerformige, letzterer eine breitere lappen-
formige Lippe. Die dunkelbrauneu Borsten des dorsalen Astes treten in einem
gebogenen stark gespreizten Facher aus, ihr schwack sabelformig gebogeuer, fast
gleich breiter quer gerippter Schaft lauft bei den meisten mit eiuem dickten Biisckel
kurzer Faden aus, die detritusartige Massen tragen ; ich mag nickt entsckeiden, ob
diese Faden durck Aufsplitterung des Borstenendes entstanden oder epiphytiscke
Bilduugen sind ; andere laufen, mit kurzer keller Spitze aus, neben der aber akulicke
Harcken stekeu (PI. I., fig. 7a).

Die etwas kelleren ventralen Borsten (PL I., fig. 7b) bildeu ein zusammenliegendes
Biindel ; die einzelue Borste lauft von einer kurzen, rasck verbreiterten Endstrecke
spitz aus ; auf dieser Endstrecke steken wenige (5-6) Randzakhe ; die schlanke Endspitze
ist einfack. Der lauge Riickencirrus sitzt auf einem grossen kegelformigeu an der
kinteren Fliicke der Ruderbasis stekenden Cirropkor ; sein Sckaft ist rauk von fadeu-
formigen Papilleu, die fadenformige Eudstrecke nackt. Lateral von ikm stekt, in
der Hoke der Elytropkoren ein grosser kegelfonnige Elytrenkocker. Die derben fest-
hafteuden Elytren sind mit Ausnakme der ersten kleiueren kreisformigen am mediauen
Rande nierenformig ausgerandet, mit excentriscker der Ausrandung genakerter An-
keftuug ; die untere Fliicke ist farblos, irisireud, die obere braiinlicke mit kellen
zerstreuten kreisformigen Flecken besetzte Flacke tragt auf dem freien Tkeile neben
vereinzelten fadenformigen karte gegeu den Rand kin an Zakl und Grosse zuuekmende
feste Knopfe oder kolbeuformige auf der Kuppe morgensternartig stackelige Papilleu.
Der Elytrenraud ist danebeu mit groberen und feineren langen fadenformigen Papillen
gefranst. Der am uutereu Umfang des ventralen Parapodialastes sitzeude scklank
kegelformige Bauckcirrus ist am ersten Ruder viel liluger als an den folgendeu und
reickt liber die Borstenbiindel hinaus, an den folgenden Rudern erreicht er kaum die
Spitze des ventralen Astes. An fast alien Rudern stekeu klcine Genitalpapillen.

Das kurze Aftersegment tragt zwei wie die Riickencirren gestaltetc Aftercirren.

Fundort.— Vf. Q. 27. i. 02, 300 fms. ; 8. iii. 02 ; 21. iii. 02, 10 fins. ; 1. v. 02.
— No. 2 kole, 28. iv. 02.

POLYCELETA. 13

Weitere Verbreituiuj. — Bouvet Ins. (Ehlcrs).

Sicht man vou der Bikluug der medianen dorsalen Hooker :il>, so liegt m. E.
kein Grund vor, diese Art aus der Gattung Harmothoe auszuschliessen. Ulier den
taxonomischen Werth dieser Hocker \vird erst zu urtlieileu sein, wenn ihr Ban mid
dauack ilire Bedeutung erkannt 1st. Da sololie und iihnlirlie Hooker an andercn
Aphroditiden vorkommen, wie bei IL m il, /,'nliti tul«r<-nl<tt<i Sdmi., Puli/noe scolopendrina
(Sav.), Enijto 1,-iiiliL'fi/l filing., die niihere Verwandtechaft nioht besitzen, so ist ilire
Verwenduug als Gattungscharacter zweifelhaft. Orl'enbar gehort der bei inanclu'ii
L'olyuoineu auftretende uiipaare, uugleirh gestaltcte Nackenhocker in die Keilic diest-r
Bilduiigen hineiu ; seine Form wird daun fiir Artuntcrscheidungen xu veru -ertlieu sein.
Diese Bilduug tritt in der Lt'ptdonotux- wie in der Harmothoe-Givppc auf.

HERMADION MAGALHAEXSIS Kbg.
Synonymic : Ehlers, Polycbauteu des magell. u. cliilcn. Strandes, Festscbr. Gcs. Gottingfii (I'.inl), p. 43.

Fundoi-t.—Vf.Q., 27. i. 02, 300 fins. ; 28. ii. 02, 20 fins. -- West Point, 18. x. 02.
Mollendo Bai, 13. ii. 02, 10 fins.

]\'cifcn- Verbreitung. — Kerguelen, Falkland Inseln, Magellangebiet.

RHOMBIGERA Elll.
Ebk-rs, Bodensiissige Annelidcn d. deutscb. Tiefsee-Espedition, xvi. (1'JUS), p. -17, pi. IV., fi^. l-li'.

Diese bislang von der Bouvet Insel und aus dem Whitei-quarticr der
deutschen Siidpolar - Expedition bckaunte Art enveist sich nadi den unten
vcrzeichneten Fundstatten der ' Discovery '-Expedition als cin im autaivtisdirn
Kreise weit vcrbreitetes Thier. Der Wurm ist hier naoh den beigelegten Notixen
auf Scrtulariideu gefunden, und als daran parasitisoh lebend bezeidmet.

Fumlort.— W.Q., 21. i. 02, 300 fins. ; 29. i. 02 ; 7. viii. 02, 178 fms. ; 1. ii. 03.
No. 12 hole, 29. viii. 03, D. net; 8. ix. 03, D. net, -- Coalman Is]., I :]. I. 02,
100 fms. ~ M.-Murdo Bai, 8. ii. 02, 9G-120 fms. -- Glacier Hole, 2. i. 04, 180 fins.

\\7i'itere Verltreituny. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land (Elders).

PHYLLODOCIDJ-:.

EULALIA MAGALHAENSIS Kbg.
Kinberg, Aiuiulat;i novn, ("tfvcrs. k. Vet. Ak. Fnrli. ( 1SC5), p. 241 ; id. Frcg. Eugenics Rcsa, Xool., vii.

(i-Jio), p. r.r., j.i. xxni., tig. i.
Fundort. — Coulman fs., 13. i. 02.

IIW/./v IV/A/v/V////,/.— Bai Biscoe (CJravicr), Magellan- und Fcuerlandischer
Bezirk (Elders), Ins. Bucket (Kinberg).

14 E. EHLERS.

ETEONE SP. Larve.

Kleine brauuliche Thiere, bei 3 mm. Lange 23 Segmente mit unfertiger kurzcr
praanaler Strecke, bei 4 mm. Lange mit 30 Segmenten, die praanaleu mit Ruclern.
Bei beiden ein analer Wimperkranz. Segmente stark zweiringelig. Kopflappen
mit sehr kleinen Anhangen, die beiden ersten Segmente mit viel kleineren Rudern
als die folgenden. Diese Ruder von der Form, wie sie der Gattung Eteone zukommt.

Eine genauere Artbezeichnung scheint mir ausgeschlossen ; icb erwalme die
Thiere als Beleg dafiir, dass solchc noch pelagisch vorkommen.

Fumlort.—Lat. 41° 10' S., Long. 78° 18' 30" W.

" PHYLLODOCIDEN "-Larve.

Eine Phyllodociden-'LaTve, deren nahere Bestimmung zur Zeit ausgeschlossen ist,
Fundort.—\?.Q.., 19. ii. 02.

PELAGOBIA LONGICIRRATA R. Grecff.

R. Greeff, t7ber pelagische Anneliden . . . Zeitsckr. f. w. Zool., xxvii. (1879), p. 237.

I. Reibisch, Die pelagischcn Phyllodociden und Typhloscoleciden der Plankton-Expedition. Ergebnisse
d. Plankton-Exped., Bd. ii., H. c. (1895), p. 21, pi. II., figs. 1-9.

Pelagobia longiclrrata R. Gr. ist, wie die Zusammenstellung der Fundstatten
zeigt, im Sammelgebiet der ' Discovery '-Expedition sehr haufig, in ahnlicher Weise
wie in der Ausbeute der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expeditiou an Kaiser Wilhelm II Land.
Fur die sehr weite Verbreituug dieses pelagischen Wurmes ist das sehr characteristisch.
Gesammelt sind die Thiere in alien Monaten des Jahres mit Ausnahme von April und
September ; -das Fehlen hier mag Sache des Zufalls sein. Aus grosseren Tiefeu ist
hier die Art nicht gehoben ; die Sammlung von Kaiser Wilhelm II Land tritt hier
erganzend ein uud weist eine grossere Vertikalverbreitung-uach. Fiir die Fortpflanzungs-
periode ist der am 4. i. 04 in hole No. 13 auf G fathoms Tiefe gemachte Fang
kennzeichnend, in dem ueben erwachseueu Thieren zahlreiche Juuge von etwa 2 mm.
Lange gesammelt waren.

Fundorte.—W.Q,., 13. i. 02 ; 17. ii. 02 ; 19. ii. 02 ; 26. ii. 02 ; 18. v. 03 ; 26. ii. 04. -
No. 2 hole, 1. vii. 02, 4 fms. ; 1. viii. 02 ; 13. viii. 03, 10. fms. - - No. 4 hole, 14. und 25.
ii. 02 ; 16. v. 02, 5 fms. ; 25. xii. 02, G fms. ; 16. ii. 03, 5 fms. ; 24. ii. 03, 5 fms. ;
21. iii. 03, 6 fms. ; 23. iii. 03, 6 fms. ; 6. v. 03, 5 fms. ; 9. v. 03, 5 fms. ; 29. v. 03,
5 fms. --No. 6 hole, 26. ii. 03, G fuis. ; 12. iii. 03, 5 fms.; 6. v. 03, Plankton.
- No. 8 hole, 5. v. 03, 10 fms. ; 18. v. 03, 10 fms. ; 26. v. 03, 10 fms. ; 1. vi. 03, 10 fms. ;
23. vi. 03, 10 fms.; 24. vii. 03, 10 fms.; 21. viii. 03, 10 fms. ; 27. viii. 03, 10 fms.
— No. 9 hole, 2. x. 02, 10 fms. - - No. 12 hole, 21. x. 03, 10 fms. ; 2. xi. 03, 10 fms. ;
5. xi. 03, 10 fins. --No. 13 hole, 4. i. 04, 6 fms. -- Coulman Island, 22. ii. 04. -
Liit, 54° 01' S., 170° 49' E., 27. x. 01.

\Veitere Vei'brettung. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land (Ehlers). Atlautisch und iudisch,
vielleicht kosmopolitisch (Reibisch).

POLYCH.ETA. 15

MAUPASIA C.ECA Vig.

C. Viguier, Animaux inferieurs de la baie d'Aliror, Arch, de Zool. expcr., iv. (188G), p. 382, pi. XXI..
fig. 14-i'n.

Wenige in Einzelfunden angetroftenc Thiere ; ein grosstcs war 5 '5 mm. lang und
liatte 19 borstentragende Segmcrite ; das Afteraegment fclilte. Die Bcstimmung ist
niclit ganz sicher.

Fwidort.—W.Q., No. 3 hole, 5 fms., 11. vi. 02. -- No. 4 hole, 5 fms., 28. v. 03 ;
29. v. 03. - - No. 8 hole, 28. vi. 03.

Wcitiri' Verbreitung. — Mittelmeer (Viguier, Lo Bianco) ; Sargasso See (Reibisch).

HESIONID.E.
GYPTIS INCOMPTA Ehl.

Ehlers, Deutsche Sudpolav-Exprditiou. '

Bei einem weiblichen Thieve, das die Eier zum Theil abgelegt hatte und solche auf

der Kb'rperoberriache angeklebt trug, fehlten die sonst vorhandenen dorsalen Borsten.

wohl aber war die Stiitzuadel im Ilocker ueben dem Eiickencirrus vorhanden.

Funrlorti'.—W.Q., No. 8 hole, Ifi. vi. 03, 10 fms. ; 8. ix. 03, Grand, 200 fms. -

No. 12 hole, 8. ix. 03, D. net, -- Hut Point, 25. x. 02, D. net ; 15. xii. 02, I), net.
Wi'iterc Verbreitung. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land.

PODARKE COMATA Ehl.
Ehlers, Deutsche Stidpolar-Expcdition.

Fundort.—'W.Q., 20. ii. 02.

Weiterc Verbreitung. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Laud.

MAUALIA Mar. et Bobr., char. em.
Marion et Bobretzky, Anuolides du (JollV dc Marscilli.-, Ann. Sc. nat. Zoolog., ii. (IST.7)), p. 54.

MAGALIA IXKKMIS sp. n.

Von dieser Art liegen wenige, mehr oder minder gut erhaltene Stiicke \«T.
Nach dem liest erhaltenen, einem mit Eicru get'iillten AVeibchen -rhc i,-h die
Beschreiliung, die idi nai-h Bcobachtiingeii an anderen Thiereu erganze, so dass sie
wohl allgemeine Gtiltigkeit hat.

Der eiufarbige, briiuulich gelbliche Wnnn ist 10 mm. lang und hat xwisrhrii
Kopflappen und Aftersegment 38 Segment f ; er ist fast grade gvstreckt, dorso-
vcntral abgeplattet, mit writ vorragendeu Paulern. die grossc Borstenfa'eher tragen
und, soweit sie vorhanden sind, mit langen Fiihler- und Riickencirren (PI. II., fig. l).

Der Kopflappen (PI. II., fig. 2) ist eine querovale Platte, die etwa urn ein
Drittel breiter als lang ist, mit gradem Vorder- und in der JMitte schwach ein-
o-eschnittenem Hinterrande, mit abgerundet vortretenden Seitenrandern. Auf

16 E. EHLERS.

seiner hinteren Halfte stehen vier rothbraune Augen im Trapez, die hinteren etwas
naher bei einander als die vorderen, beide dem Seitenraude uaher als der
Mittelliuie ; die vorderen Augen nacli vorn ausgerandet, vermuthlich fiir die
Aufnalime einer -- im Lebeu vorhandenen - - Linse, die hinteren mit aufwarts
gerichteter Pupille. An den Eeken des Vorderrandes steht jederseits ein spiudel-
fiirmiger einfacher Fiihler, etwa so lang als die balbe Lange des Kopfiappens ;
daruuter jederseits ein langerer, iiber ihn hinausreichender Unterfiihler der aus
zwei Gliedern besteht, vou denen das lang eiformige Endglied etwas kiirzer als das
vorangehende basale ist. Das basale walzenformige Glied 1st haufig vor seiner
lialben Lange mit einer ring- oder spangenformiger Furehe sehwachwiuklig eingeknickt
und erscheint dann zweigliederig, ohne dass eine gliedmassige Abgliederung besteht.

Die drei auf den Kopflappen folgendeu Segmente sind vollig vou einander
durch Segmentfurchen getrennt, das erste etwas 1 anger als die beiden folgeuden,
diase etwa sechsmal breiter als lang ; alle Segmente tragen auf kurzeu Wurzel-
gliedern sitzende, leicht abfallende und daher oft fehlende Fiihlercirren, schwaoh
gegliederte, drehruude Fadeu, die wohl immer langer als die Segmentbreite sind ;
nach den Wurzelgliedern tragt das erste Segment jederseits drei, das zweite
jederseits zwei, und das dritte jederseits einen Ftihlercirrus, so dass diese auf den
Kopflappen folgende Strecke im Ganzen 12 Fiihlercirren tragt. Borsten oder
Stiitznadeln habe ich nicht neben ihuen gesehen (PL II., fig. 2).

Die folgenden Rudertragenden Segmente nehmen von hinten nach voru an
Lange zu : wahreud die vorderen etwa viermal so breit als lang sind, sind die
grossten in der Korpermitte doppelt so breit als laug. Mit dieser Anderung der
Dimension geht eine scharfere segmentale Sonderung uud grossere Streckung der
Ruder Hand in Hand.

Das einzelne Euder ist einastig, eiu von vorn nach hinten abgeplatteter kegel-
formiger Fortsatz, der mit zwei ungleich langen Lippeu, einer grossereu obereu, und
eiuer untereu kleineren ausliiuft ; die acht ersten, von voru nach hinten an Lange
zunehmenden Ruder sind nicht so lang als der Kb'rper hier breit ; diese Korper-
strecke enthillt im Inuern den dickwandigeu Magen ; weiterhin werden die Ruder
langer uud iibertreffen die Segmentbreite, bis in der Endstrecke des Korpers diese
und die Ruderlauge gleichmassig abuehmeu. Mit der starkeren an diesen Rudern
auftretendeu Abplattung verbindet sich eine spiiidelformige Gestalt der Endstrecke
(PI. II., fig. 4). Zwischen den Lippeu tritt ein grosser Fiicher langer glasheller
zusanirnengesezter Borsteu aus ; diese tragen auf dem heterogompheu schraffirten
Schaftende ein messerformiges, auf der Schneide sehr feiu gezahneltes, mit kleiuem
Endhaken auslaufeudes Glied, (lessen Liinge in demselben Biindel von O'OGS mm.-
0'21 mm. schwankt (PI. II., fig. 5). Zu dem Biindel gehort eine einfache grade
Stiitznadel, deren Spitze in der grosseren Endlippe liegt. Auf der basalen Strecke
der oberen Ruderkante steht auf kurzem Wurzelglied ein langer, drehruuder schwach
uud lang gegliederter Riickencirrus, der mit seiner Liinge die Breite des Korpers

POLYCH^TA. 17

iibcrtreffen kaun. An cler ventralen Kantc entspringt etwa auf gleicher Hohe ein
ungegliederter griffclformiger Bauehcirrus, dcr liis an die Ruderspitze reicht.

Am ruderlosen Aftersegraent fehlten die, wohl abgefallenen, Aftercirren.

Uber den Kopnappen hinausragte ein kurzer dicker ausgestreekter Rii-sr],
(lessen Eingang von 12 weit von einander getrennten, stumpf kegelformigen
Papillen umgeben war (PI. II., fig. l). Auf dcr dorsalen Flache drs aiisgcst iilpten
Riissels habe ich einmal in der Medianlinie ualie vor dem Vorderrande cler
KopHappen einen spitz kegelformigen Hooker " Faoialtuberkel " gesehen. Kiefer
fehlten. Im aufgehellten Thier nahm dcr dickwandige Magen den Raum der acht
vorderen Segments ein. Am Ubergang zu deui folgenden gradeu segmcntweise
eingcschniirten Darin king ein Paar kurzer schlauchformiger Driiseu (PI. II., fig. 3).

Fundort.—'W.Q., 2. x. 03. No. 2 hole, 10 fms.

Dass ich diese Art in die Gattimg M'<iijaHii (Mar. et Bolir.) einreihc, kann
beanstandet werden, da den Thieren die Kiefer fehleu, deren Besitz in die
Characterisirung dcr Gattung aufgenommen war. Allcin die Bildung und Ausriistuug
des Kopflappens, die Zahl dcr Fiihleivirron an den drei ersten nidit verschmolzenen
Segmcuten, die Form des lluders, seiner Borsten und Cirren entsprecheu ganz den
bei der typi-sdu-n Miii/nl'm /K'niniiiitii Mar. et Bobr. vorluindcnen Vcrhaltnissen. So
mag das Fehlen der Kiefer fiir die Artbcgrcnzung Bedeutung haben, und ebenso die
Auwesenheit des von mir als " Facialtuberkels " bezeiehneten kegelformigen dorealen
Hookers auf der unilen Strcckc des Riissels, wie er von der Gattung Leni-niti1* Kbg.
und Li'iii-n/tiili'K Eld. bekannt ist. Dieser Hooker eutspricht aber auch dem iihuliohcn
Gebilde, das KINBERO* auf der basalen Strccke des Riissels der IL'sium' cu</<'iii<ie Kbg.
ali'ji'liildet hat. Die von MARION und BOBRETSKY gegebene Diagnose der Gattung
Magalia ist dann niit Fortlassuug der auf den Kieferapparat boziiglichen Worte
abzuandern.

ALCIOPHLE.

ALCIOPE CARI Her.

Herinij, Zur Kenntnis dcr Aluiopidt-ii vou Messina, Sitx.un^slicr. k. Akad. d. AV. "Wicn, Matbeni.-naturw. Cl.,
lid. ri., Abtb. 1 (ISlli'), p. 7;,:;, pi. VI , fig. 1-3.

Fundort.—L&t. 66° 53' S., 178° 15' E., 3. i. 02.
Weitere Verbreitung. — Atlantiseh, iMed.iterrau.

SYLLID^.

TRYPANOSYLLIS GIGANTEA ]\lclnt,

$i/ll i* f/ii///nt/'/i, Mclutosb, Report, 'Challenger,' Zool., vol. xii., p. 111:;.

Trypanosyllis gigantea, Eblers, Hanib. magalh. Sainmclrcise (18'.>7), Polycbaeteu, ]i. '•'••'.

Von dieser im antarotisohen und notialen Gebict weit vcrbreiteten Art siml ini
Februar uud Marz Thiere mit Schwimmborsteu gesammelt.

* Kinberg, Freg. Eugenics Rcsa, Zool., vii. (1910), \i]. XXIII., lig. SB.

i: 2

18 E. EHLERS.

Fundort.—W. Q., No. 5 hole, 12. iii. 03, 10 fms. —No. 8 hole, 23. iii. 03, 10 fins. -
No. 10 hole, 18. vi. 03, 130 fms.

Weitere Verbreitumj. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land. Siid-Feuerland, Siid-Georgien,
Magelhans Strasse, Kerguelen (Ehlers).

SYLLIS BRACHYCOLA Ehl.

Syllis bratJiycolft, Ehlers, Hamb. magalh. Sammelreise, Polychaeten (1897), p. 38.

Die Art ist von der Magellan Strasse und Siid-Georgien im antarctischen Gebiet

o o

weit verbreitet; ausscr von dem hier gegebenen Fundort auch von der Insel Booth
Wandel (Gravier), von Neu Amsterdam, St. Paul und Kerguelen bekannt.
Fundort.— AV. Q., 19. iii. 02, 10 fms.

DV/V-'/r Verbreitung. — Ins. Booth Waudel (Gravier), Magelhans Strasse, Siid-
Georgien (Ehlers), Neu Amsterdam, St. Paul, Kergueleu (Ehlers).

PIONOSYLLIS COMOSA Gravier.
Gravier, Annelides polychetes, Expedit. antarct. francaise (1907), p. 15.

Die von Gravier aus Port Charcot beschriebene Art findet sich an den angegebeuen
Fundorteu ; in der Sammlung der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition habe ich sic nicht
gesehen.

Fundorf.—W. Q,, 20. ii. 02, 10 fms. ; 23. vi. 02.

Weitere Verbreitung. — Port Charcot (Gravier).

PlONOSYLLI* STYLIFERA Ehl.
Ehlers, Deutsche Siidpolar-Expeditiou.

Fimhrt.—W. Q., 20. ii. 02 ; 22. iii. 02, 10 fms. -- McMurdo Bay, 28. ii. 02, 20 fms.
JlW/nr Vfi-bn'ituiiy. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Laud.

EUSYLLIS KERGUELENSIS Mclnt.

Mclntosh, Report, ' Challenger,' Zool., vol. xii. (1885), p. 191.
E. Ehlers, Hamb. inagalh. Sammelreise, Polychaeten (1897), p. 42.
Gravier, Annelides polychetes, Exped. antarct. franchise (1907), p. 17.

Fundorte.—W. Q.,No. 10 hole, 3. vi. 03, 130 fms. -- Cape Aclare, 9. i. 02, 20 fms.
Weitere Verbreitung. — Bai Biscoe (Gravier), Feuerland, Kaiser Wilhelm II Land
(Ehlers), Kerguelen (Mclntosh).

SYLLIDES ARTICULOSUS Ehl.

Ehlers, Hamb. inagalh. Sammelreise, Polychaeten (1897), p. 42.

Die Bestimmung der Art ist bei dem nicht guten Erhaltuugzustande des vor-
liegenden Stiickes nicht gauz sicher.

Fundort.— W. Q., 19. iii. 02.
IJV/Vc/r Verbreituny. — jMagellan Str., Feuerland, Kaiser Wilhelm II Laud (Ehlers).

POLYCH2BTA.

19

SYLLIDES sp. ?

•

Drei vordere Korperstrecken einer epitoken Syllidoe gchoren zu einer Art der
Gattung Syllides. Die Artbezeichnung lilcibt unsicher, da fast alle Fiihler und Cirren
den Thieren fehlen. Nur an einem Thier fand sidi cin Fuhlercirrus, der undeutlich
geglicdert und so lang war, dass cr iibor den Kopflappeu hinansragte. Das sprit-ht ge^vn
die Art Syllides articulosus, wenn man nicht cine Varietatenbildung aunehmeu will.
Die Form des Kopflappens und seine vier grosseii Augrn sind wie bei

articulosus beschaffen, des gleidien die kurze braunliche Riisselrohre. Allein diese
weist im ausgestreckten Zustande einen starken /aim an einem clerben Ringe und

dahinter niedrige Papillen anf; beides felilt dem Si/l/iilf* articulosus Ehl.

Die dorsulen langen Biindel feiuer Schwimmborsten trcten zuerst am 15U'U Ruder
auf, bei Syllides ((i-/i<-/i/<>x/(* am 12'"'.

Fundort.—Vf.Q., No. 8 hole, 13. viii. 03, 10 fins.

AUTOLYTUS MACLEARANUS Mclllt.

Mclntosh, Report, 'Challenger,' Zool., vol. sii. (,18,s;i), p. 2n7.

Die von mir als Aiitoli/hix iii<it:l<-<tr<iinix bezeichnete Art habe idi bei reicherem
JMaterial ausfiihrlieh in der Bearbeitnn^ der Sanimluug von der Deutscbeu Siidpolar-
Expedition behanddt. Hier ist das Vorkomnien eines niannlidien epitoken Thicres
zu erwahnen, das am 19. Miirz 02 "-esammelt ist.

Fuiulorte.—\{.(l, 1!). ii. 02; 1!). iii. 02, 10 fins. ; 22. iii. 02, 10 tins. --No. 12
hole, 25-30. ix. 30. -- Mollendo Bay. near W.Q., 8. ii. 02, 'JG-120 fms.

\]\'itert> Verbreitung.—Kaisef Willidm II Land (lOhlers1). Kn-^neleii (Mclntosh).

ArTOI.YTl'S I.OMJSTAFFI, sp. II.*

Als Polybostridius- und Saceonereisform der gleidien . \utnlyuis-Art lasso idi
Wiirmer auf, die nebeu eiuander gefangen wareu, die mannlichen Thiere zahlreicher
als das nur in einem Stiicke vorlieende

Polybostrichus (PI. II., fig. (i).

Die Thiere waren uugleidi gross, ein kleiues hatte G'5 mm. Liiuge, 34 Segmente,
eiu grosseres bei 12 mm. Liingc GO borsteutragendc Segmente, beidc 7 vordcrc
Segmente ohue Schwimmborsten. Gleidifiirmig warder Habitus der i'arblosen Wiirmer
durdi die grossen dunklcn Augcn des Koptlappens, die sehr langen Fiihler am Kopf
und die Cirren des zweiten Segmentes, so \vie durdi die sehr grosseu Kiiekencirren
der Yorderen Segmente und di«- weit absteheiiden Ruder der hinteren Korperstrecke
bestimmt.

Der (juerovale KopHappen (PI. II., fig. (i) triigt am Sdtenrandc jedcrscits ein
grosses kugcligcs, aus zwcien versdnnolzeues Auge. Scin medianer, mit grossem

* Zur Erinncrung an den vurdicntcn Funlcrur der ' Discovery '-Expedition.

•

20 E. EHLERS.

AVurzelglicd entspringeudcr Scheitelfiihler ist sehr lang und erreicht nach hinten gelegt
die halbe Korperlange. Die paarigen gegabelten Stirnfiihler stehen von einander
getrennt am Vorderrande des Kopflappen ; ihr Stammtbeil und der dickers medianwarts
gekriimmte Zinken er.scheint durch grosse in Eingen stehende Hautdriisen wie
eng geringelt, der aussere Zinken ist fadenformig, glatt und langere als der innere ;
an der Wurzel des medialen Umfang des Stammtheiles stebt ein kurzcr kegelfiirmiger
Hocker. Nabe binter dem Vorderrande des Kopflappen stebt auf seiner dorsalen Flacbe,
nahe dem medialen Augenrande, ein kurzer, schwacb keulenformiger Zapfen.

Das erste buccale Segment ist vom Kopflappen nicht gesondert ; es tragt jederseits
zwei diiune fadenformige Fiiblercirren, von denen der dorsale doppelt so lang als der
ventrale ist und iiber den Kopflappen weit biuausragt (PI. II., fig. G).

Die folgenden secbs Segmente sind von denen der hintereu, Schwimmborsten
tragenden Strecke durch die geriuge Ausbildung des Borstenhockers uud grosse
Eutwickluug der Riickeucirren unterschieden, etwa doppelt so breit als lang, wenig
vi in einander gesondert. Das erste von ihneu tragtauf einein fast blasig aufgctriebenen
WurzelgHede eiuen sehr langen dorsalen Fiihlercirrus, der so lang als der unpaare
Fiibler ist ; uuter ihm steht ein einfacb fadenformiger Baucbcimis, der an Lunge dem
ventralen Fiihlercirrus desbuccaleu Segmeutes gleichkommt ; Borsten babe icb an diesem
Segment nicht erkeunen konnen. An den nachsten Segmenten ist der schwacb kegel-
formige Borstenbocker wenig liinger als die halbe Segmentbreite ; er tragt ein kleines
Biindel von Borsteu, die auf dem schwacb erweiterten Schaftende eiu sehr kleiues
O'OOo mm. langes zweizahniges Endglied trageu. Daneben stehen Borsten, denen
das Endglied feblt und bei denen die eine Ecke des schrag abgestutzteu Schaftendes in
eiu feines Haar auslauft (PL II., fig. 10).

Am dorsalen Umfange der Basis dieser Hocker entspringt ein Riickencirrus, der
die Segmentbreite an Lange etwas iibertrifft, seine grossere walzenformige basale
Halfte erscbeiut — uach Aufbellung in Glycerin — grobkornig, wohl durch Hautdriisen, und
liiuft mit einem diinneren glatten Endfaden aus (PL II., fig. 8). Baucbcirren babe icb
an diesen Eudern nicbt geseben.

An alien Segmenten der folgendeu Korperstrecke ist die grosse Eutwicklung der
Parapodien auffallig ; diese sind fast doppelt so lang als die Segmente breit, stehen weit
von einander entfernt und ragen sperrig seitlich hinaus. Sie entspringeu boch an der
Riickenflache der Segmente, sind fast dreimal so lang als breit, am bisweilen etwas
verdickten Ende kurz zweilippig. Die langen Schwimmborsten treteu aus dem dorsalen
Umfange der Endstrecke aus, an einigen Euderu stehen zwiscben den Lippen die
zusammengesetzten Borsten der vordereu Segmente. Nahe vor dem Ende stebt auf dem
dorsalen Umfange ein einfacber fadeuformiger Riickencirrus, der nicbt so laug als das
Euder ist (PL II., fig. 9). Bauchcirren feblen. Diese Ruderbildung ist an der ganzen
hinteren Korperstrecke vorbanden.

Bei einem Tbiere war das ruderlose Analsegment erbalteu, das zwei lange,
scbwacb blattartige Aftercirren trug (PL II., fig. 7).

rOLYCIIJETA. 21

ix (PL II., fig. 1 1 ).

Das von Eiern fast in dor ganzen KOrperlange gcfiillte Thier war ctvvas iiber
5 mm. lang and hatte 30 Segmente, vom 6tcn Ruder al> \varen laiige Bi'uulel von
Schwimmborsten bis zu den letzten Rudern vorhanden.

Der querovale Kopflappen ist in der Mitte des son.st gradeu Vonlerrandes schwach
&ingesohnitten ; er tragt drei sddankc last glcich lange Fiihlcr, vou dcnen der mittlere
auf dem Scheitel nalie vor dem Hinterrande, die beiden seitlichen unter den ge-
rundeten Ecken des Vorderraudes stehen. Auf der hinteren Halfte liegt jederseits ein
Paar rothbrauner grosser linsentragendei Augen, mit je einem oberen kleiueren und
eiuem untercn grosseren Auge, die Linscn der oberen aufwarts, die der unteren auf- und
seitwarts gerichtet (PI. II., fig. 11).

Alle folgenden Segmenten haben borstentragende Parapodien und sind vmi
Eieru erfiillt, in der mittleren Korperstrecke dadurch aufgetrieben, wenig von einauder
gesondert, die vordereu und hinteren Segmente halb so lang als die mittleren, alle
mehr oder minder doppelt so breit als lang. Das erste Segment ist auf der
Riickenflache gegen den KopHappen bin zu eiuer niederen Firste erhoben. Es tragt
neben dem Borstenhocker, der wie an den folgenden Segmenten gcstaltet ist, eim-n
fadenformigen ungegliedertcn Riicken- und Bauch cirrus. Die Parapodien aller Seg-
mente sind einfache Hocker, in den vorderen Segmenten kitrzer als weiterliin. \vo sir
gestreckter wenleu, ohne an Lange die halbe Korperbreite zu erreichen. Aus alien tritt
an der Spitze ein Biindel kurzer zusammengesetzter Borsten aus, auf deren erweitertem
Schaftende ein kurzes doppelzahniges Endglied steht, das mit einer Lange von
0'012 mm. grosser ist als das entsprechende Endglied beim mannlichen Thiere.
(PI. II., fig. 12.) Nebcu diesen zusamengesetzteu Borsten finden sich die glcichen
anhanglosen Scliafte, wie bcim Polybostrichus, deren Erke mit feinem Faden au>liiuft.
Die vom Gte" Ruder ab auftretenden laiigen Biindel vun feineii capillareu Borsten
treten aus einem Iliicker am dorsalen Qmfange der Rudcrbasis aus.

Uber der Basis des Borstenhdckera steht ein ungegliederter Riickencirrus, der an
den vorderen Rudern nielit so lang als die Segmentbreite ist, an den hiutereu Rudern
diese Breite an Liiuge iibertrifft. Bauchcirren habe ich nicht gesehen.
t.—W. Q., 18. ix. 03, 10 fms.

LYCORID^E.
NEREIS VALLATA Gr.

Syuonymie : Ehlers, Die Polychautun d. iu;igoll. u. chilun. Strandes, Fcstschr. Ges. Giittingcn (1901), p. 1 1 ».

Fundorte. — Shoe Island, 23. iii. 04. — Will Pt, Laurie Harbour, Auckland Isl.,
25. iii. 04.

Weitere Verlircituny. — -Indo-pacifiseh, Atlantisch.

22 E. EHLERS.

EUNICID.E.
MARPHYSA AENEA Blanch.

Blancliard in Gay, Histor. fis. y pol. de Chile, Zool., iii., Paris (1849), p. 19.

Synonymic : Ehlers, Neuseeland. Anneliden, ii., Abhandl. k. Ges. d. W. Gcittingen, v., 4 (1907), p. 12.

Fundort. — Will Pt., Laurie Harbour, Auckland Isl., 25. iii. 04.
Wcitere Verbreitung. — Indo-pacifisch.

GLYCERID.E.
GLYCERA CAPITATA Ord.

Synonyniie : Ehlers, Hamb. magalh. Sammelreise (1897), Polychaeten, p. 80.

Yergl. dazu J. Arwidsson, Studien iiber die Fain i lien Glyceridae und Gouiadidae, Bergens Museum
Aarbog, xi. (1898), p. 13.

Diese weit verbreitete Art erweist sich clurcli die hier verzeichneten Funde und
andere iu der Ausbeute der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition auch als Bewohner dos
antarctischen Kreises, und verschiebt damit die Grenzen ihrer Verbreitung auf der
siidlichen Halbkugel iiber das Magellan gebiet und die Kerguelen weiter siidwarts.

Fundorte.—W. Q., No. 12 hole, 4. ix. 03, D. net. — Coulman Isl., 13. i. 02, 100 fms.

Weitere Verbreitung. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land (Deutsche Siidpolar-Exped.) ;
Vielleicht bipolar.

SPIONHLE.

NERINOPSIS HYSTRICOSA sp. n.

Unter diesem Namen fiihre ich hier nur kurz eine im Plankton auf der Winter-
station der englischen und deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition haufig gefundene, offeubar
bisweilen schwarmweise auftretende Chsetosphsera an, und verweise fur die ausfiihrliche
Darstellung auf meine Bearbeitung der Ausbeute der " Gauss "-Expedition. Der Besitz
von Wimperkranzen und Binden an der vorderen Korperstrecke und am Analende
spricht dafiir, dass die Thiere pelagisch schwimmende Larveu sind. Ihr Habitus und
der Besitz von grossen meist spiralig gedrehten Fiihlercirren verweist dann auf
Spioniden ; der mit einfacher Spitze auslaufende, vier Augeu tragende Kopflappen auf
die Verwandtschaft zur Gattung Nerine. Allein es fehlen auch bei den grb'ssten 3 nun.
langen Thiereu, die aus der Chsetosphsera in die gestreckte Form iibergegangen sind,
die fiir die Spioniden characteristischen gedeckten Hakenborsten. Die sehr grossen
dorsaleu und ventralen Facher starker gerippter Borsten geben den Thieren ein
auffallendea Geprage. Ich habe aus dem Bereich, in dem die Thiere gefuuden sind,
keine Spionide gefuuden, auf welche diese Larven bezogeu werden kb'nnten ; auch das
lasst ihre Beziehung zu dieser Familie unsicher erscheinen.

POLYCHJETA.

Nicht ausgeschlosseu ist, dass die Tkiere stets pelagisch leben, dann miissten sie
geschlechtsreif nachgewiesen werden.

Zu beachten ist, dass die Thierc in den Monateu Januar bis April uidit ge fun den
sind ; dass sie aueh iu den Sammlungen vom October fehlen, mag anf Zufall beruheu, da
iiberhaupt in diesem Monat nur wenig Auneliden gesammelt sind. Danach ware es
moglich, dass die Thiere in den Friihjahrsinonaten nidit pelagisdi, sondern boden-
siissig waren und liier geschlechtsreif wiirdeu.

Fundorte.—Vf. ()., 13. vii. 03. 10 fins. --No. 2 hole, 1. vii. 0:2. 4 fms. ; 1. viii. 02,
D. net. - - No. 3 hole, 11. vi. 02, 5 fins. — No. 4 hole, 9. v. 03 ; 29. v. 03, 5 fins. ;
18. ix. 03, 5 fms. -- No. 8 hole, 28. vi. 03 ; 24. vii. 03, 10 fms. ; 13. viii. 03, 10 fins. -
No. 12 hole, 5. xi. 03, G fms. — No. 13 hole, 15. xii. 03, 8 fms.

KV/Vrrr \\'r/nrituit</. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land (Deutsche Siidpolar-Exped.).

"POLYTROCHE BPIOMUEN LARVE."

Eine kleine Anzahl von I1 5-2 mm. langen, aus 20-23 borstentrageuden
Segmeuten bestehenden Larveu, uugleich weit vorgesehrittener Eutwk-klung sind
nach den nur zum Theil erhaltcnen Schwinimborsten, den Kopfanhaugen, den dorsalen
Anhangen der vorderen Segmente und dem verdickten Analsegment als Spioniden-
Larven gekennzeichnet ; in diesem sind stabchenformige Driisensekrete eingelagert,
wie sie von Spiophanes-Larven beschrieben sind. Der mangelhafte Erhaltungzustand
der Thiere lasst keiue geuauere Angabeu zu.

Fwuh»i<:—\V. Q., 19. ii. 02. —No. 4 hole, 16. ii. 03, 5 fms. ; 18. iv. 03, 10 fms. -
Lat, 54° 01' S., 170° 49' E., 27. xii. 01.

A.EICIIDJE.

ARICIA MARGINATA Elll.
Ehlers, Hamburg, magalb. S;mimrlivise Polychaeten (1897), p. D"), pi. VI., fig. 150-l.">i!.

Die bis lang von den Kcrguelen uud von Siid-Georgien bekaunte Art ist nach dem
hicr ver/eichneten Funde und der Sammluug der " Gauss "-Expedition weit autarctisdi
verbreitct.

Funilort.—W.(.}., 13. ii. 02. -- No. 12 hole, 4. ix. 03, 257 fms.
\\'i'!lcre V&rbreitung, — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land (Deutsche Siidpolar-Exped.),
Kcrguelen, Siid-Georgien (Ehlers).

OPHELIID^E.
TRAVISIA KERGUELENSIS Mclut.

Mclutosh, Report, 'Challenger,' Zool., vol. xii. (1*S5), p. 357.

Die von Feuerland und den Kerguelen bekaunte Art erweist sich nun auch als
Bewolmer des antarctischen Kreises.

24 E. EHLERS.

Fundort. — Cap Adare, 12. ii. 04, Laniinarian root, 17-20 fms.
Welters Verbreitung. — Feuerland, Siid-Chile (Ehlers), Kerguelen (Mclntosh,
Ehlers).

AMMOTRYPANE GYMNOPYGE Ehl.
Ehlers, Bodensiissige Annelid., Wiss. Ergebnisse cleutsch. Tiefsee-Brped., xvi. (1908), p. 118.

Fundort.— W.Q., 5. vi. 02.

Weitere Verbreitung. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land (Ehlers), Kergucleu (Ehlers).

TYPHLOSCOLECID.'E.

SAGITTELLA LOBIFERA sp. a.

Der einfarbig gelblich weisse, im Leben vermutlich glashelle 20 mm. lange Wurai
ist grade gestreckt, fast drehrund uad fast gleichmassig 2 aim. dick, ia der vorderea
und hiaterea Korperstrecke weaig verschmalert ; er hatte 20 borstentragende Segmente,
die, mit Ausaahme der vorderea verkiirzten, so laag oder etwas laager als breit waren
(PI. III., fig. 1). Da die Cirrea fast alle abgefallea — im Glase aber daaebea vorhaadea
waren — so traten aa ihrea Flaakea die Borstenhocker deutlich hervor.

Der mit eiaer kurzea fadeuforruigeu, nicht besonders abgesetztea Palpode aus-
laufeade Kopflappen ist kegelformig, etwas laager als an der Basis breit. An dieser,
ia die wahrscheinlieh eia Segmeat aufgeaoaimen ist, steht jederseits eia Paar von
blattformigen Cirren, die wie die weiterhin folgeadea gestaltet siad ; Borsten habe ich
hier nicht gesehea.

Auf der Riickeun'ache erhebt sich jederseits auf der Grenze zuni erstea borsten-
tragenden Segmeat ein " Nackeaorgaa," das voa fiiaf, voa geaieiasamer Basis aus-
geheadea kurzea schlauchartig erscheiaeadea Lappea gebildet wird (PI. III., fig. 2).

Auf der Bauchnache des erstea borsteatrageadea Segmentes steht die weite langs-
ovale Muadoffuung mit schwach gekerbten Raade.

Die borstentrageadea Segmente siad gleichformig ; aa ihrea Seitenumfange steht
jederseits eia fiir die Gattuag ziemlich weit vorspringeader stumpf kegelformiger
Hocker, aus ihm tretea die beidea laugea nadelformigen, gegea die Spitze schwach
gekriimmten Borsten heraus uad zwischen ihnen wenig vorragend die Stiitznadel, die
mit eiaer feinea abgesetztea Eadspitze auslauft (PL III., fig. 3).

Uber und uater deai Borsteahucker steht auf kurzem Gruadgliede eia blatt-
formiger Cirrus, der die Laage des Segmeates erreicht, aber Riickea- uad Bauchflache
nicht deckt. Die abgefalleaen Cirren sind spitz herzformig mit tief eingeschnittener
Basis (PI. III., fig. 4).

Am Ende des Korpers stand ein ruder- uud anhangloses Segment, das ich als
Aiialsegmeut anspreche, dessen Aftercirren abgefalleu sind.

Fundort.— -3. i. 02. G6° 52' S., 178° 15' 0. Pelagisch.

POLYCH^ETA. 25

Dmrh den Besitz tier als Nackenorgane bezeiclineten Anhangc stcllt sidi diese Art
neben .S/////A /A/ cornuta Ehl., von der sic duivh die vidlappige Bildung dieser Anhange
abweicht. Beide Arten bildeu wolil eine besondere Gruppe.

SAGITTELLA CORNUTA Ehl.
Elders, Deutsche Sudpolar-ErpeditioD.

Zu dieser Art, die durch den Besitz grosser eiufadier schlauchfOrmiger Xacken-
organe gekeunzeichnet ist, ziehe ich zwri Wiirmer, dereu schlechter Erhaltuugzustand
die Bezeichnung nicht ganz sicher feststellen Hess. Eiue ausfiihrliclie Besclireibung del-
Art gebe ich in der Bearbeitung dor Anneliden-Sammlung der Deutschen Siidpolar-
Expedition, in der zahlreiche Stiickc vorhanden waren.

Fnndwt.—W.Q., No. 4 hole, 29. v. 03, 5 fins. — Lat. 49° 40' S., Long.
72° 18' 15" W.

TELETHUS.E.

ARENICOLA ASSIMILIS Ehl., var. AFFINIS Ash worth.

Ehlers, Hamb. magalh. Saramelreise (1897), Polveiiaeten, p. 103.

Ash worth, The Anatomy of Arcnicola assimilis Ehl., Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sc., xlvi. (1!)03), p. 737.

Der Wurm hat 12 Paar von Kiemen, die erste arn 8tc" borstentragendcn Segment ;
eine grosse Otokrypte mit kleincn Frenidkriqiern.

Fundort. — Auckland IsL, Will Pt,, Laurie Harbour, 28. iii. 04.

Weitere Verbreitung. — Im notialen Gebiet von der Magellanstrasse bis zum
neuseeliindischen Bereidi (Ehlers, Beuham).

CIILORyEMID.K.

FLABELLIOERA MUNDATA Grav.

(Inivier, Auuelides polychetes, Espe'dit. autarct. fran<;aise (1907), p. 37, pi. IV., fig. 31-:'.:.'.
Ehlers, Deutsche Siklpolar-Expedition.

Diese grosse durch ihre dicke und derbe durchscheinende Iliille
Art ist vielleicht ausschliesslich antarctisdi. in dicseni Bereich aber weit verbreitet, da
sic in den Sammlungen der franzosischen, englischen und deutschen Siidpolar-
Expeditioncn vertretcn ist. Da mir aus der letztgenannteu ein rei.-heres .Material
vorliegt, gebe ich in dessen Bearbeitung eine ausfiihrlichere Darstellung.

Fnnd»i-t.—\\. Q,, 21. iii. 02, 10 fms. — Coulmau Isl., 13. i. 02.

Weitere Verlm ittnxj. — Port Charcot (Gravier), Deutsche Siidpolar Winter Station
(Ehlers).

F 2

26 E. EHLERS.

TROPHONIA KERGUELARUM Gr.

Grube, Annelidenausbeute . . . S. M. S. ' Gazelle.' Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1877, p. 539.
Fundorf.—W. Q., 27. i. 02, 300 fins.
Wcitere Verbreitung. — Magellangebiet, Siid-Georgien, Kerguelen (Ehlers).

SCALIBREGMIDjE.

ONCOSCOLEX DICRANOCH^TUS Schm.

Schmarda, Xeue wirbellose Thiere, I., ii. (1801), p. 55.

Ehlers, Xeuseeland. Annelid., Abhandl. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, X. F., Bd. III., No. 1 (1904), p. 51.—

" Deutsche Sudpolar-Expeclition."
Synononiie : Eitmmia- oculata Ehlers, Polychaet. magellan. u. chilen. Strandes, Berlin (1891), p. 181.

Zwei vorliegeude Stiicke weiclien in eiuigen Punkten von der Beschreibung ab, die
ich von chileuischen Exeriiplaren dieser Art gegeben babe. Das eine ist 34 nim. lang
und bat 46 borstentragende Segmente, ist also fast doppelt so lang als das friiher
gesehene und bat 9 Segmente weniger ; das andere macerirte uud braunlich gefarbte,
desseu Hiutereude verletzt ist, bat bei 10 mm. Lange 32 borsteutragende Segmente.

Zwiscben dem durch die Augenflecken cbaracteristiscben Kopflappen und dem
ersten borstentragenden Segment tritt auf der Riickenflache eiu Ringel hervor, der
an seinem Seitenumfauge je eine hockerartige Bildung zeigt ; dieser Ringel entspricbt
wobl dem auf meiner Figur 15 hinter dem Kopflappen angegebeneu Ringe, der bei
starkerem Vortreten des Kopflappens Tveiter zu Tage tritt ; ob zum Kopflappeu gehorig
kann icb nicbt entscbeiden ; eben so wenig, ob seine Anhange etwa Nucbalorgane sind.

Die Ringelung und Reticuliruug des Korpers weicbt darin von meiner Bcscbreibuug
ab, dass ich einen Unterscbied zwischen dreiringeligen vorderen und zweiriugeligen
hinteren Segmenten bier nicbt finde.

Habituell cbaracteristicb ist, das's die Borstenbandel aus deutlich vortretendeu
Parapodialhockern zwiscben einer vorderen und hinteren stumpfen Lippe beraustreten.
Dieser Uuterscbied gegeniiber dem friiber beschriebenen Wurme gebt wobl auf
verscbiedene Contractionszustande des Korpers zuriick ; die Warzen, die icb friiher
neben der Austrittstelle der Borsten beschrieben babe, stehen dann mit diesen Lippen
in Zusammeuhang.

Fundort.— W. Q., No. 4 hole, 14. xii. 02, 6 fms. — W. Q., No. 12 hole, 4. ix. 0:3,
25 fms.

Weitere Verbreitung. — Port Jackson (Schmarda), Neu Seelaud (Schmarda-Eblers),
Kaiser Wilhelm II Land, Siid-Chile (Ehlers).

MALDANIIXE.

MALDANELLA NEO-ZEALANDICA Mclnt.

Mcliilosh, Report, ' Challenger,' Zool., vol. xii. (1885), p. 398, pi. XLVIL, fig. 4, pi. XXVA, fig. 13.

Ein liis auf eine Verletzung in der vorderen Korperstrecke ganz erbaltenes Stik-k

POLYCH.ETA. 27

stimint bis auf wenig Puukte so mit der Besckreibung iiberein, die Prof. MclNTOSH
von der obeii genannten Art gegebeii hat, dass ich den Namen dat'iVr vcrwende.

Es hat 55 mm. Lange, 1st etwa 2 mm. gleichmassig lux-it, und besitzt 20 borsten-
tragende und '2 priianale borsteulose Segmente.

Die Abweiclmug bcsteht darin, dass der mediaue Kiel des Kpptiappen sich iiber
eiuen o-njsseren Theil, etwa drei Viertel, der Oberflache erstrcckt als es na<-h MelNKMi

G

Angabe der Fall ist. Querfurchen sind vorhanden, aber undeutlich. Am ersten
Segment steht unter dem dorsalen Biindel der Capillarborsten eine kurze Reihe von
Haken, wie an den folgenden Segmenten ; diese Haken sollen der M>ililiin>-Uii neo-
:c<il>ii)<l/i.<i Mclut. wic den beiden auderen Arten der (Tattling (.I/, antarctica und
valparaisiensis) fehleu.

Die vorderen Segmente haben eiuen wulstig verdickten Vorderraud, siud kiirzev
als die fulgendeu, von deneu das ju'-10tu sich sehr bedeutend verlangert, wiihrend die
folgenden rasch an Larige abnehmen. Zwei praanale borstenlose Segnieute siud kurze
Ringc. Das Aualsegrnent hat eine grosse trichterformige Endlamelle, dereu Rand mit
22 kurzen Papillen besetzt ist, die ungleich lang sind und, \vcnn auch nicht gauz
regelmiissig, alternieren. Der After steht terminal auf eiuem kurzcu Kegol, der von
der Afteroffnung aus radial laugsgefurcht ist,

Fundort. — Auckland Island, Will Pt., Laurie Harbour, 25. iii. 04.

Weitcrc \'<'>-l>r<:ilini<j. — Ncu Seeland (Mclntosh).

ARWIDSSON* ist geneigt die von MC!NTOSH aufgestellte Gattung Maldanella fest-
zuhalten, und uimmt unter deren Charactere das Felden der Haken am ersten borsteu-
Sement auf. Das trifft bci dem mir vorliegenden Thieve nicht zu.

A.MPHARETID^:.
SABELLIDES ELONGATUS Ehlers.

Ehlrrs, Deutsche Siidpolar-Espedition.

•

Diese in der Sammlung der Deutschen Stidpolar-Expeditiou von der Winter Station
selir zahlreich vertretene Art ist im Winter Quartier der ' Discovery ' nicht, und
nur eiumal an dem angegebenen Orte in der Tiefe gefunden.

Terror, 22. i. 02, 500 fms.
nij. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Laud (Ehlers).

TEREBELLID^E.

XlcOLEA BILOBATA Gr.
{riii/:t>li«) lilolata, Grube, Moiiutsber. Akad. Berliu, 1877, p. 548.

Diese Art ist im Sammelbereich der ' Discovery ' haufig gefuuden, haufiger als iu
der Winter Station der ' Gauss ' Expedition. In dem von GRAVIER gegebenen Ver-

* Anviilsson. Stuilien iiber die skandinavischcn und arktischen Maldunidcn, Upsula. 1906, p. 127.

E. EHLERS.

zeiehnis der Anneliden vou Port Charcot fehlt sie. Die Thiere staken zum Theil in
dickwandigen, meist graden Schlammrohren, deren Waude mit Sandkornern und oft
aucb mit Spongiennadem durchsetzt waren. Damit stimmt die Angabe, dass bei Hut
Point die Warmer aus Spongien genommen sind. Junge Tbiere waren im Februar
gesammelt ; bei solcben waren die zweiteu Kiemen vou einfachen kurzen Faden
gebildet,

Fundorte.—'W.Q., 20. ii. 02; 28. ii. 02, 107 fms. ; 19. iii. 02, 10 fms. ; 13. ii. 04.
-No. 5 hole, 14. i. 03. — No. G bole, 4. iii. 03, 30 fms. — No. 10 hole, 13. vi. 03,
130 fms. —No. 10 bole, 18. ix. 03, D. net, — Hut Point, 18. x. 02 ; 13. ii. 04, D. net. -
Mollendo B., 28. ii. 02, 20 fms. — McMurdo B., 28. ii. 02, 20 fms.
Weitere Verlreitun;/ . — Magalhaens Str. (Grube, Studer.).

NlCOLEA CHILKNSIS (Scbm.).

Schmarcla, Neue wirbell. Thiere, I., ii. (18G1), p. 40.

Synonymic : Ehlers, Die Polychaeten d. rnagell. u. chilen. Strandes, Festschr. Ges. Gottingen (1901), p. 208.

Ferner :

Terebella i/raciJilranfJiis Grube, Annulata Semperiana (1878), p. 230, Taf. XII., fig. C.
Nicolea f/racilibranchis (Grube), v. Marenzeller, Siidjapanische Anneliden, II., Denkschr. math, naturw. KL,

Akad. Wien, xlix. (1884), p. 207, Taf. II., fig. 2.

Fundort. — Auckland Isb, Laurie Harbour. Shore, 1G. v. 04.

Weitere Verbreitung. — Pacifisch.

Ich bezeichne die an der Kiiste der Auckland Insel gesammelten Thiere als Nicolea
chilensis (Gr.) und ziehe als synonym dazu auch die Nicolea gracilibranchis (Gr.).

Dabei hebe ich hervor, dass die Zahl der Borstenbiindel erheblich schwankt ; ich
habe vom gleichen Fundort in mehrfacher Zahl Thiere mit 22, 21 Paar von Borsten-
blindeln gefunden, je einmal solche mit 20, 19 und 17 Paareu von Borstenbiiudelu.
Dieser Unterschied in der Zahl der Borstenbiindel gleicht sich dadurch aus, dass
auf der Ubergangstrecke von der thoracalen zur abdominalen Korperregion iiber den
Flosschen Hocker stehen, die offenbar parapodial sind, aber keineBorsten tragen. Tritt
bier eine Borstenbildung ein, so wachst die Zahl der Biindel. Das mag in ungleicher
Weise je nach den Fundorten der Thiere variieren.

Wechselnd 1st auch das Verhalten der Kiemen. Die zweite Kierne ist immer
kleiner als die erste, bisweilen um das Zehnfache, was einmal zur Beobachtung kam ;
doch kann es sich in dieseni Falle um eine Regeneration handelu. Die von VON
MARENZELLER gegebene Abbildung der Kieme ist fiir den Habitus sehr zutreffend. Wie
weit aber die Bilduug der Kieme wechselt, geht daraus hervor, dass ich in einem Falle
die erste Kieme der rechten Korperseite, wie es fiir Nicolna typisch ist, mit einem
astlosen Stamme fand, der in der Endstrecke sich verzweigte, wahrend in der linken
Korperseite Seiteniiste fast vom Grunde des Stammes ab entsprangen, ohne dass an
diesem in besonderer Weise ein contrahirter Zustand zu erkeinu'ti war.

POLYCILETA. '29

Die Formcl t'iir die Bczahnimg der Hakcnborsteii war 1-22-3 uud 1-222-33.
Die Art hat im pacifist-hen Meere eine weite Verbreitung von Japan, Philippiuen.
Juan Fernandez bis uaeh Neu Sceland uud den Auckland Inscln.

SABELLIDJE.

LAONOME ANTARCTICA Kbg.

Kinbcric, Anuuliilu imvu, OI'VLTS. k. Yt-t. Akutl. Forb., ISCU, p. 351.

Diese Art ist mit ihrcu hornigen brauncn Rohren ein characteristisches (Jlicd der
antarctischen Fauna. Die grossten hier gefundenen Tliiere waren 170 mm. long.

FiiiHlnrte. — W.Q., 27. i. 03. — No. 6 hole, 4. iii. 03, 130 fins. ; 13. vi. — Nn. 10 hole,
18. vi. 03, 130 fins. — Glacier hole, 2. i. 04, 180 fins. — ( Ml' Cape Armitage, 13. ix. 02,
100 fnis.

MV/Vc/v Vn'In-i'ifiiiKj. — Kaiser Wilhclm II Laud (Ehlers), Siid-Feuerland, Siid-
Georgien, Marion Ins. (Elders), Kergueleu (Kinberg, Verrill, Grube).

MYXICOLA SULCATA sp. n.

Die Thiere (PI. Ill,, h'gs. 5, 6) sind gleichmassig gelblichgrau, an den Kieinen
etwas heller als am Korper gefarbt ; die Oberflache der vordereu Korperstrecke ist durch
starke Driiseueutwicklnng im Epithel feiukb'rnig rauh, an den hintereu Segmenten
glatter. Die Korperliinge eines Thieres betrug 31 mm., die Lange der Kienie 13 mm.,
seine grosste Breite in der vorderen Strecke 4 mm. ; in der hinteren Korperstrecke erfolgt
eine Abnahme der Breite bis auf etwa ein Viertel ; dorsoventral ist der Korper schwach
abgeplattet. Die vordere thoracale Korperstrecke bestelit aus einem borstenlosen
Buccal- uud 9 borsteutragenden .Segmenten, bei 31 mm. Gesammtlange fielen auf sie
11 mm.; die hiutere abdomiuale Strecke hattc 34 Segnieute. Die Uiickcnlliidir der
thoracalen Segniente ist von einer tiefeu ]\ledianriime langsgefurcht (I'l. III., h'g. 6),
einer Fortsetzung der ventralen Langsfurche der abdominaleu Segmente, die am 9^"
Segment auf die Riickenflache hiuiibertritt (PI. III., fig. 5). Die abdominalen
Segmente sind durch tiefe spangenformige Furchen. die auf dorsaler und vcntraler
Flache fast bis au die Mediauliuie reicheu, zwciteilig.

Die Kicme hat in jeiler Ilall'te 13 voll entwickelte gleich langc Kiemenstraldcn. die im
hintereu Drittel ihrer Lauge durch cine diinuc Membran verbunden sind (PI. III., fig. 5),
dariilier hinaus xeigt der einzelnc Strahl einen diinuen Randsaum, Hiuft mit einem
nackten Endfaden aus, auf den sich der Randsaum des Strahles I'ortsctxt (PL III., fig. 7).
Die Kiemenladen stehen zweizeilig diclit gedrangt hinter ciuandcr am Strahl, und sind
etwa zehnmal lunger als der Scliaft des Strahles breit ist. Am vciili-aleii Elide jedcr

30 E. EHLERS.

Reihe der Kiemeustrablen steht ein Strahl, cler etwa die halbe Lange dcr voll
entwickelten Kiemenstrablen erreicht, in der basalen Strecke kurze Faden tragt, gegen
die Spitze bin gezahnelt erscheint. Neben ibm steht ein ganz kurzer, nackter, fast
stiftahnlicher Faden (PL III., fig. 8).

Das borstenlose Buccalsegment ist auf der Riickenflache ganz kurz, auf der
Bauchflache zu einem etwa viermal langeren, dreieckigem, mit der Spitze iiach vom
gerichteteu Lappen ausgezogen. Die vordere Flacbe tragt im Gruude des Kierneu-
kranzes die spaltformige Mundoffnung, die jederseits von einem breiten lappenformigen
Buccalblatte begrenzt wird.

Das erste der borsteutragendeu tboracalen Segmente ist etwa balb so laug als die
folgenclen ; diese siud viermal breiter als lang. An ibren Seiten stekt auf der balben
Hoke des Umfanges eiu niedriger, von vorn nach binteu abgeplatteter Borsteuhocker
mit einem Facher einzeiliger weitlaufig gestellter Capillarborsten ; diese Borsten sind
glasbell eiufacb, olme Saumbildung, am Gruude 0'004 mm. breit, in der Endstrecke
meist bakeiiformig gekriimmt (PL III., fig. 10). Andere Borsten babe icb an den
thoracalen Segmenten nicbt geseben ; an der Stelle, an der an den abdominalen
Segmenten die Haken stebeu, macbte sicb wobl in der Haut ein querer Streifen von
kleinen fester erscbeiuenden Kornern bemerkbar, das wareii augenscbeiulicb Driisen-
koruer ; dock liess sick keineswegs feststellen, dass es sick dabei urn rudimentare
Borstendriiseu handle, urn so weniger als die Bilduug nicht constant war.

An den abdominalen Segmenten staudeu tiefer gegen die ventrale Flache bin
verschobeu als an den thoracalen Segmenten Borsteuhocker mit den gleicheu haken-
fb'rrnig auslaufendeu Capillarborsten wie dort, uur waren die Borsten etwa urn die
Halfte schmaler. Hinter diesen Borstenhockern liegt in der obenerwahnten spangen-
formigen Furche eiue Reihe weitlaufig stehender Haken (PL III., fig. 9), kurze breite
Flatten, die iiber die freie Schueide gemessen 0'017 mm. laug, an der Basis nicht ganz
lialb so breit sind ; ihr Scheitel zeigt in der Seitenansicht zwei grosse spitze Zabne ; die
Ansicht der Schneide giebt dafiir die Formel : 1-2- oder 1-22- (PL III., figs. 11, 12).
Der dicke Basalhocker liess bisweilen eine deutliche Laugsschraffirung erkenuen.
Stiitzfadeu babe ich nicht erkeunen konnen.

Das einfache Aftersegment ist etwa doppelt so lang als das voraufgehende, ohne
Borsten, mit terrninaler Afteroffnung.

Nel^en den Wtirrnern lag eine lange unregelmassig gebogene hornartige Rohre,
vom Aussehen der Rohren von Laonome antarctica. Es ist sehr unwahrscheiiilich, dass
sie zu der Myjicola sulcata Ehl. gehort.

Fundort.— 'Discovery' W.Q., No. 10 hole, 18. vi. 03, 130 fms.

Der Mangel ventraler Borsten an den thoracalen Segmenten ist fiir diese Art
characteristisch ; dabei ist zu beachten, dass die Form und Stellung dieser Borsten
auch bei andereu Arten ungleich ist.

Die Gattuug Ifyxicola war bisher aus dem antarcticscben Kreise nicbt bekannt.

POLYCH^ETA. 31

SERPULIM.

SERPULA VERMICULARIS L. var. NARCOXEXSIS Bd.
Synonymic : Elilere, Hamburg, inagalh. Sammdreisc, Polychacten (1897), p. 140.

Nel)en den durch die mit trichteriormigen Absatzen auffallend gekennzeichneten
Rohren dieser iin antarctischeu Kreise weit verbreiteten Form fanden sich einzelue
Rohren, die mit einfarherer Bildung sich der Stammform miherten : so cine einfachc
lange Rohre mit nur cinem Trichterabsatz (29. i. 02), feruer eine einfache Rijlire olme
Trichtererweiterungen, deren Erbauer, wenu auoh der Hauptdeckel ilim fehlte, doch
wohl sicher als dieser Form angenorig auzusehen ist. Endlich faud sich eine mit den
Trichtererweiterungen besetzte Rohre, deren einfache mit eiuem Langskiel besrtx.tc
Anfaugstrecke spiralig ansteigeud aufgerollt war (13. i. 02).

Fundorte.—W.Q., 29. i. 02, 100 fms. ; 8. ii. 02, 100 fnis. —No. 6 hole, 15. ii. 02 -
No. 8 hole, 1. iv. 03, 10 fms. — Coulman Isl., 13. i. 02, 100 fms. — Off Cape Arrnitage,
13. ix. 02, 100 fms. -- Hazen Ft., 17. x. 03, 10-20 fnis.

]Vt'itcrt> Vi'rlri'ituny. — Kaiser Wilhelm II Land (Ehlers), Ins. Booth Waudel
(Gravier), Kosmopolitisch.

SPIRORBIS PERRIERI Caull. et Mes.

M. Caullery et J. Mesnil, Etudes s. 1. morpliol. couipar. et 1. phylogun. des espe-ces chez les Spirorbes, Bull.
sc. de la France et de la Belgique, t. xxs. (1K07), p. 208.

Zahlreiche Rohren auf dem Bruchstiick einer Alge, theils in einer Ebeue aufgerollt,
theils in aufsteigeudeu Winduugeu.

t.—V-Ay Adare, 24. ii. 04, 13-20 fms.

Virln; iiniKj. — Port Charcot (Gravier), Magellangebiet (Ehlers), I'ata-
gonien (Caullery et Mesuil).

ANHANG.

GYMNOCOPA.

Neben den Polychseteu fand sich eine kleine Anzahl von Gymnocopeu, die ich
unter dem Namen Tomopteris zusammeugefasst hier nacli ihren Fuudorten erwalun-.
Eine uahere Artbestimmung kounte ich niclit machen.

TOMOPTERIS sp.

Fitn<l,>rf,:—20. xi. 01, Lat. 57° 25^' S., Long. 151° 43' E. — 27. xii. 01, 54° 01$' S.,
170° 03' E. — 7. i. 02.— 24. vi. 04, Lat. 58° 49' 45" S., 154° 48' W., 5 fins. — Winter
Quart,, No. 8 hole, 28. vi. 03: - - No. 8 hole, 24. vii. 03, 10 fins.

32 E. EHLERS.

TAFELERKLARUNG.

PLATE I.

FIG. 1. — Harmotltoe htberosn sp. n. Gauzes Thier, etwas schiiig liegend ; Riickenfliiche. Vergr. 2.

FIG. 2. — Yordere Korperstrecke ; die dorsale Korperwand ist mit Abbiegung der Elytren freigelegt, um

die Hooker am Kopflappen und auf der Riickenfliiche der Segmente zu zeigen. Vergr. 4.
FIG. 3. — Die Riickenfliiche der mittleren Korpersegmente freigelegt, um die eiufacli werdenden medianen

Hocker der Segmente zu zeigen. Vergr. 4.

FIG. 4. — Siebzehntes Ruder von der hinteren Fliiche gesehen. Vergr. 8.
FIG. 5. — Abgelostes Elytron. Vergr. 8.

FIG. 6. — Elytrenwarzen und randstiindige fadenformige Papillen. Vergr. 110.
Fie. 7. — 7A. Dorsale Borsten in Fliicben- und Seitenlage ; IK. Ventrale Borsten in Flachen- und Seitenlage.

Vergr. 110.
FIG. 8. — Harmothoe spinosa Kbg. Riickenfliiche.

PLATE II.

FIG. 1. — Hagalia inermis sp. n., mit ausgestiilptem Riissel. Riickenfliiche. Vergr. 13.

FIG. 2. — Vordere Korperstrecke desselben. Vergr. 24.

FIG. 3. — Ubergangstrecke des 'Magens' zuni Darm mit den Anhangsdriisen, ans dem mit Cedernholzol

aufgehellten Wurm. Vergr. 31.
FIG. 4. — Ein Segment aus der Endstrecke des Korpers mit anhiingenden Rudern ; rechts das Ruder in

Kantenansicht von der Riickenfliiche, links das Ruder so unigelegt, dass die hintere Fliiche

vorliegt. Vergr. 37.

FIG. 5. — Borste mit kurzem Endglied. Vergr. 720.

FIG. 6. — Autolytus lonystitffi sp. n. Polylostrichus. Ganzes Thier. Riickenfliiche. Vergr. 28.
FIG. 7. — Analende eines anderen Thieres mit Aftercirren. Vergr. 70.
FIG. 8. — Ruder der vordereu Korperstrecke. Vergr. 80.
FIG. 9. — Ruder der binteren Korperstrecke. Vergr. 80.
FIG. 10. — Zusammengesetzte Borsten. Vergr. 1200.
FIG. 11. — Avtolijtus longstaffi sp. n. Saccoiiereis. Vergr. 28.
FIG. 12. — Zusammengesetzte Borste. Vergr. 1200.

PLATE III.

FIG. 1. — Sagittella lobifera. Ganzes Thier, Riickenfliiche ; die Cirren sind abgefallen. Vergr. G.

FIG. 2. — Vordere Korperstrecke mit dem lappigen Nuchalorgan und einem Cirrus. Vergr. 24.

FIG. 3. — Ruderhocker mit Borsten. Vergr. 114.

FIG. 4. — Abgefallener Cirrus. Vergr. 33.

FIG. 5. — MyiicoJa siilcata sp. n. Ganzes Thier. Baucbfliiche. Vergr. 3.

FIG. G. — Dasselbe. Riickenfliiche. Vergr. 3.

FIG. 7. — Kiemenstrabl. Vergr. G.

FIG. 8. — Kiemenstrahlen am ventralen Ende der Kieme. Vergr. G.

FIG. 9. — Hakenreihe und Borstenfiicher. Vergr. 180.

FIG. lO.-Capillare Borsten. Vergr. 180.

FIG. 11. — Haken in schriiger Seitenlage. Vergr. 1410.

FIG. 12. — Haken von der Schneide gesehen. Vergr. 1410,

del

i TTT

FEESHWATEE

By F. E. FRITSCH, D.Sc., PH.D., F.L.S.,

r>-nfct<xor of lint, i ii ;/, /v/.v/ London College ( /'////r/W/y of London}.

(3 Plates.)
.1. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

UNTIL recently our knowledge of the freshwater Algal flora of the Antarctic has been
very deficient, but in the last decade the numerous expeditions that have undertaken
the exploration of this region of the earth have brought back collections which are
materially adding to the meagre earlier records. Apart from the few older
contributions, which arc cited in my paper on the Algae of the South Orkneys,* we
have — all within the last ten years — communications by De Wildemanj and
Van HeurckJ on the Algse of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition; by Wille§ and
Holmboe || on Algse collected by Borchgrevink at Cape Adare ; by the present writer *
on the Algee of the South Orkneys, and by W. and G. S. West^j on the Algae
collected by Sir E. Shackleton's Expedition in the vicinity of Ross Island and South
Victoria Land. Quite recently L. Gain ** has described two species of Nostoc from
the Antarctic (' lie Jenny '), and speaks of having recognised twenty species of
Algse (mainly C'yanophycese and Desmids) growing among mosses.

The collections of the British National Antarctic Expedition were made in the
vicinity of Cape Adare (lat. 71° S.), and in the region around MeMurdo Strait
(lat, nearly 78° S.), i.e. in a latitude appreciably farther south than that of the South
Orkneys, and this may explain the rather different aspect of the flora in the two
cases referred to below (cf. Table on p. G). The two collections have relatively few

* F. E. Fritech, "Freshwater Algfe, coll. in the S. Orkneys by Mr. Ii. X. Rudmose Brown of the Scottish
National Antarctic Expedition." Journ. Linn. Soc., xl. (1912), pp. 293-338, Pis. 10 and 11.

t E. de Wildeman, " Note pn'liminaire sur les Algucs rapportees par M. E. Racovitza, naturaliste de
lYxprdition antarctique beige." null. Acad. Roy. Belg. 1900, pp. 558-569.

J Van Heurck, " Diatomues " in " Ri'sultats du voyage du 8.Y. ' Belgica ' en 1897-99." Antwerp (1909),
pp. 1-128, Pis. I.-XIII.

§ N. Wille, " Mittcilungen fiber einige von C. E. Borchgrevink auf dera antarktischen Festlaude gesammelte
Pflanzen," Hi., " Anturktische Algen." Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidenskab. xl. (1902), pp. 209-221, Tab. III., IV.

|| J. Holmboe, iv., " Ntn-i<-ul,t inn/ic.i Kiitz. aus dem antarktischen Festlande," ir. N. Wills, •• Mitteilungen,
etc.," 02>. cil.. pp. 221-222.

f W. "West and G. S. West, " Freshwater Alg;r," in Reports on the Scientific Investigations, British
Antarctic Expedition, 1907-9, vol. i., Tart vn., London (1911), pp. 263-298, Pis. XXIV.-XXVI.

** L. Gain, " Deux especes uouvelles de Nvstoc provenant du l;i region antarctiqne sndamericaine." Comptes
Rendus Ac., Paris, clii. (1911), pp. 1691-1694.

(i -J

2 F. E. FEITSCH.

species in common, and the representation of the main groups is rather different. The
collections made by the members of Sir E. Shackleton's Expedition, on the other
hand, come from very much the same region as those which form the subject of the
present communication, and there is a considerable degree of resemblance between
them, a fact which is especially noticeable as regards the Diatoms. Owing to the
very appreciable delay * which has taken place in the preparation of this report,
Messrs. West's report on the freshwater Algae of Sir E. Shackleton's Expedition has
appeared since this manuscript left my hands. Professor G. S. West was good enough
to forward to me in the summer diagnoses and figures of the new forms found by him
and his father, and for the last two months a proof of their paper has been in my hands.
I am glad to have this opportunity of thanking Professor West for his courtesy, which
has to some extent relieved the great labour of working out the collections.

A considerable number of species and varieties are common to the two
collections, and these include several of the new forms described by Messrs. West.
Nevertheless the present report brings a considerable number of new records and the
descriptions of sixteen new species and five new varieties. We may evidently look to the
Antarctic continent to furnish us with quite a large number of new representatives
of previously known genera, although thus far no new genera f have come to light.
This is rather surprising, as the extreme conditions under which the algal flora of the
Antarctic exists might be expected to lead to the development of new types.

The distribution of genera and species in the different groups is as follows :—

Genera. Species.

Isokontse . . (i . 13

Conjugata: . . 1 . 1

Cyanophyceffi .... 17 . 52

Diatomacea: . . . 11 . . -o

Totals ... 35 . 91

The prevalence of Cyanophyceous forms and Diatoms, which this table discloses,
is true also of the number of individuals. It does not appear that any green Algae
are common in the freshwater flora of the Antarctic, except for species of Prasiola,
which have long been recognised as important constituents of the flora of these
regions, and species of Pleurococcus or allied genera. Species of Chlarnydomonadaceae
also appear in abundance, but their occurrence is probably rather local. On the
other hand numerous Protococcales that are prevalent in the waters of other parts
of the earth are completely wanting, the filamentous Chlorophycese are represented
only by UlotkrLv, and the whole host of the Conjugate are as good as absent. The
discovery of a few individuals of a Desmid (cf. pp. 20-21) is of great interest in this

* For this delay the author is alone responsible, although largely dne to circumstances which were beyond
his control.

t A new genus was described among the Algee of the South Orkneys (op. cit., p. 304), but this came from the
yellow snow flora, a type of algal flora that was previously unknown.

FRESHWATER ALG.E. 3

connection, as it shows that this group is not altogether unrepresented, although it
evidently plays no part in determining the character of the algal flora. It appears
that the group of the Conjugate becomes gradually less abundant as the Antarctic
circle is entered (cf. Table on p. G). Reinsch's reports on the Alga? of Kerguelcu
and South Georgia* disclose quite a considerable number of representatives of the
group ; stray representatives were found among the Algae of the South Orkneys
(Fritsch, OJL cit.) ; while a study of two separate sets of collections from the extreme
southern latitudes, from which the ' Discovery ' Algae were gathered, has been
necessary to disclose the presence of a single Desmid. The same statement applies
with less force to the filamentous Chlorophyceae.

The prevalence of the Cyanophyceae is truly astonishing. Huge sheets of
Phormidium and occasionally of Lyngbya flourish in the ice, and during the milder
part of the year in the waters of the ponds and lakes. The so-called " fragments " of
these sheets, brought back in a dry condition by the Expedition, indicate the
luxurious growth of these forms "that must prevail. These sheets serve as a
substratum for a rich growth of other Cyanophyceous forms (Microci/*tis, Chroococcus,
Li/ii<jliya, Oscillatoriii, Nostoc, Calothruv, Anabacna, etc.), as well as for species of
Pleurococcus (P. anturcticus W. and G. S. West, P. fri<ji<his W. and G. S. West,
P. koettlitzi sp. n., P. disseclus Nageli). The composition of this epiphytic flora
is largely analogous or identical in the different ponds, as the lists given on p. 4 show.
It seems likely that these Cyanophyceous sheets are the breeding places for the bulk
of the algal flora. The material at rny disposal consisted largely of such sheets with
their epiphytic vegetation, but Messrs. West were more fortunate in having several
collections containing free-floating Algae. I have encountered a number of the species
recorded by them from these samples as free-floating, leading an epiphytic life on the
Cyanophyceous sheets (e.g. Pleurococcus antarcticus, species of Oscillate ria, etc.).

As regards the actual composition of the blue-green flora the bulk of the species
certainly belong to the Oscillarieae, but a considerable number of genera of
Chroococcaceae are represented, and the ' Discovery ' collections contained appreciably
more heterocystous forms f than those examined by Messrs. West. In short there is
every indication that further investigation will lead to the discovery of most, if not all, of
the leading Cyanophyceous genera in the extreme south. This relative abundance of the
group has already become evident as a result of the earlier reports on Antarctic Algae,!
all of which disclose a prevalence of Cyanophyceae, and it is evident that this group must
be named together with Prasiola as an essential characteristic of the Antarctic flora.

There appears to be a great degree of uniformity in the freshwater Diatom-flora
of these regions. The common species arc X/iric/t/n.^ (N. ///'^/V,y-.v/\ Van Heurck,

* See Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 168 (1879), pp. 65-92; and "Die Internationale Polarforschung,
1882-83," Die Deutschen Expeilitiouen und ihre Ergcbnisse, Berlin, ii. (1890), pp. 329-365.
f It is interesting to note that a large number of these are new.
I Cf. P. F. Reinsch, op. cit.

e

F. E. FEITSCH.

TABLE SHOWING THE COMPOSITION OP THE EPIPHYTIC FLORA ON THE CYANOPHYCEOUS

SHEETS IN THREE ANTARCTIC PONDS.

Pond half-way between " Black " and
" Brown " Islands.

i.r subtilis var. rariabilis.
rirurococcus antarcticus.

„ koettlitzi sp. n.
Prasiola (young stages).
Dactylococcopsis rhaphidioides.

Min-oc ystis parasitir//.
Lyntjlnja lagerheimi.

„ atlenuata sp. u.
Oscillatoria tennis.
Calothrix antarctica sp. n.
Nostoc spliccriium.

No/liilaria quadriita sp. n.
Naviaila mitticopsis.

„ cymatopleurus.

„ shacldetoni.

„ globiceps.

Gap Pond, Winter Harbour.

Ulothrix subtilis var. rariabi/is.
Pleurococcus antarcticus.

„ koettlitzi sp. n.
Prasiola (young stages).
Chroococcus rninutus.

„ minor.
Glifocapsa rupicola.
Mirrocystis parasitica.

I.yni/bya ftstuarii and var. ant-
arctica.

„ attenuata sp. n.
„ cerugineo-cccrule.d.
Oscillatoria irrigua.

„ koettlitzi sp. n.
Calotlirii- intricate sp. n.
„ gracilis sp. n.
Nostoc disciforme sp. n.
„ lonr/sfaffi sp. n.
„ hfderulcn.
„ fuscescens sp. n.
Anabcena antarctica sp. n.
Nndularia spumigena var. minor.
Navicula mitticopsis.
„ murrayi.

Hantzsrhia elongate/.

Pond, Granite Harbour.

Ulothrix subtilis var. variabilis.
Pleurococcus antarcticus.

Prasiola (young stages).

Glitocapsa rupicola.
Microcystis parasitica.
Microcoleus vaginatits.
Lynijbya mar/ensiana.

„ scotti sp. n.
Oscillatoria tennis.

Navicula mitticopsis.
„ borealis.
„ shacldetoni.

Han tzsch ia a mj ill /»./•//.< .

AT. globiceps Greg., N. shackletoni W. and G. S. West, N. cymatopleurm W. and
G. S. West, N. borealis Kiitz.), Frag Harms (especially F. tenuicollis Heib. var.
antarctica W. and G. S. West) and Ilantzschias (H. amphioxys Grun., and H. elongata
Grun.), while the other genera appear to be more casual.* Diatoms were rather
scantily represented in my material, being common only in two of the samples ; in
many habitats they were exceedingly rare.

In comparison with Arctic regions the scarcity of green Algae is very noticeable
(ff. W. and G. S. West, op. cit., p. 265). The publications of Nordstedt f and
others have shown that Desmids are relatively abundant in these regions. The
other green Algse are well represented, while the Cyanophycese are appreciably
less important. Some of the species of Chlamydomonas ( C. caudata Wille,J and

* Messrs. West also mention the abundant occurrence of Tropidoneis ktvissima W. and G. S. West, in some
of the lakes ; I have not met with this form. It should be remarked that abundant fragments of the valves of
diverse Centricae were observed in several samples, although intact specimens were rare.

t Nordstedt, Desmid. ex ins. Spetsbergensibus et Beereu Eiland in expeditionibus arm. 1868 et 1870 suecanis
collects;. Ofvers. af Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Forhandl. (3 872), Stockholm, No. 6, p. 23 ; Nordstedt, Desmidiere arctore, op. cit.
(1876), No. 6, p. 13.

t Cf. F. E. Fritsch, op. cit., p. 322.

FRESHWATER ALGJE.

C. subcaudat/i Wille) and Chloromonas (i//>iim Wille, arc, however, as yet only
known to occur in the Antarctic and in the north of Europe, although it is
hardly likely that future investigation will fail to reveal their occurrence in
intermediate regions.

Another interesting case of distribution is that of species like 6'///«/«///"//<^
itlftina Wille, and the genus Eucapsis, which have hitherto only been recorded
from alpine habitats. Parallel cases have long been known in the Arctic regions.

The collections of the ' Discovery ' did not include any material of snow floras.
On the other hand, two samples (Cape Aclare, January 9th, 1902 ; McMurdo Bay,
September 13th, 1902) came from the ice. It will be useful to give a list of the
commoner species found in these two habitats : —

CAPE ADABE (in freshwater ice under boulder).

McMuKDO BAY (dull brick coloured ice).

Chloromonas alpina Wille.
Eucapsis mini/ta sp. n.
Navicula mutiropsis Van Heurck.

„ cymatopleura W. and G. S. West.

„ semi/i tihint (Iran.
Surirdla any list a Kiitz.

Mlcroeyxlls jmrasitira Kiitz. var. glariulis var. u.

„ parasitica Kiitz.

„ merismopedioides F. E. Frilsrli.
Phormidium frigidum sp. n.

*Pli'ttnii-iifi-iix antarticus W. ami G. S. West.

„ dissertus Niig.

*Nostoc dixciforme sp. n.
*Melosira sp. (cf. p. 4G).
Fragilnria tftnticollis Heib. var. anlartiea W. and

G. S. West.
Nai'icula semi/uilton Grun.

„ mitticopxis Van Hcmvk.
,, eymatoiilmrus W. and G. S. \Vest.
„ shacMetoni W. and G. S. West.
„ i/lnl>ii-ej)s Greg.

The colour of the ice in the second case was due to Mwrocystis para* if/*;/
Kiitz. var. glacialis uov. var. Tlie species marked with an asterisk did not grow
directly on the ice, but were epiphytes on the Phormidium.

As above mentioned, the bulk of the material collected by the members of
the British National Antarctic Expedition consisted of Phormidium-sbieetB with their
abundant epiphytic flora. The general character of this flora is sufficiently illustrated
by the Table on p. 4. Only a few .samples comprised free-floating forms, the more
important of which were as follows :—

Chlamydomonas x/i/n-/i//<//ttti Wille.

„ intcrmeilia Chod.

,, ehrenbergi Gorosch.

£T0rmttftvm -stage and young packets of

Pi-ilium sp. (rf. pp. 20, 21).
Microcystis manjiiui'/i (ilenegh.) Kiitz.
Mi'i'isniiijii'ilin tein/ixsinia Leimn.
Eucnpsis mi/iitta sp. n.
Phormidium antarcticum W. ami U.S.

Oscil//i/,ifiu li-niiix Ag. and other speeies.
Nostoc ilim-iYni-iiii' sp. n.
„ longxtaffi sp. n.
„ fiiscescens sp. n.
„ s/ihiirii-i/m VaucL.
Xoilularia quadrala sp. n.

miitifti/isis Van Ilenrck.
ulobii't'ps Greg.

shackletoni W. and G. S. West.
i-i/i/iiit<i/>li'itriis W. and (I. S. \\Yst.

F. E. FRITSCH.

It is hardly likely that this list approaches completeness, but it is probably fairly
representative of the general character of the floating flora. In particular the
number of free-floating Diatoms is certainly appreciably greater.

The material included a considerable number of samples from the Gap pond,
Winter Harbour, collected on four distinct occasions during 1902-1904. A critical
survey of these samples has failed to give any marked indication of periodicity,
although the period of collecting is spread over more than two months, which
in milder climates is quite enough to afford a prominent periodical change. The
samples collected in February (i.e. fairly late in the Antarctic summer) were rather
richer in heterocystous Cyanophycese than the others, but this may well be due
merely to chance. No doubt the severe climatic conditions do not admit of a
rapid and abundant development of any one form or set of forms during the
short summer, and hence there can be no marked periodicity. One altogether
tends to come to the conclusion that reproduction in the bulk of the Antarctic
Algge must be a very slow process and possibly several seasons elapse before a
new generation reaches to maturity. In the case of the unicellular green repre-
sentatives of the flora matters will, however, be different, and the cyst-formation
of Chlamydomonas subcaudata Wille, described on p. 8, indicates the alternation
of a marked resting-stage and a motile stage in the annual cycle.

In conclusion the following Table will serve (in further illustration of some
of the above remarks) to contrast the algal floras of Kerguelen and South Georgia,
the South Orkneys and the regions from which the ' Discovery ' and Shackleton's
Expeditions collected their Algse.

SOUTH GEORGIA AND
KEKGUELEN.*

SOUTH ORKNEYS. t

' DISCOVERY '
AND SHACKLETON'S
EXPEDITIONS.!

1

Genera.

Species.

Genera.

Species.

Genera.

Species.

Protococcales ....

18

28

13

24

5

13

Siphonales (including Vaucheri(t)

1

6

. .

Ulotricliales (including Oedoyoniacew)

15

25

4

5

2

7

Conjugate .....

;i

31

4 5

1

1

Heterokontce ....

1

1

1 1

J'tnrii- and RhndopliycecR. . . 2

•2

Chroococcacea . . . . 5

7

8

10

!)

20

Oscillarieic. . . . . . 4

4

2 5

<;

41

Heterocystous Cyanophycece

K>

26

3

3

5

16

Diatomacecv .....

18

35

9

15

10

42

* Compiled from Reinsch's papers ; see footnote on p. 3.

t Cf. Fritsch, op. cit.

t Compiled from the present report and that of Messrs. W. and G. S. West (op. cit.).

FRESHWATER AL( i.K.

11. SYSTEMATIC ENUMERATION OF THE SPECIES OBSERVED.

ISOKONT^E.

( HLAMYI )OMOXADACE.E.

Genus Cm.. \MYIIOMONAS Ehrcnb.*

1. CHLAMYDOMONAS SUBCAUDATA.
(PL I., figs. 1-14 and 20.)f

Chlamydomonas ^nlx-mnltil,! Willc, "Algol. Xotizen," xi., Xyt Mug. f. XuUirvidenskab, Ixi.
pp. lls-liO, Tab. III., figs. 12-18.

Long. cell. = 13-20/*; lat. cell. = 7-14/x; diam. cyst. = 11-17/* aut 17-18^
x 15-16 n.

Hob.— Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adore, January 9th, 1902.

This species was abundant in the above habitat together with Chlamyd

omonas

intermedia and C. ehrenbergi; it is also recorded together with the first-named
species by Messrs. W. and G. S. West from Pony Lake (up. cit., p. 274). A
similar and closely allied species, C. caudata Wille, was abundant in material
collected from a pond in the South Orkneys (of. Fritsch, op. cit., p. 322). These
two species have, as far as I am aware, hitherto only been recorded from slightly
brackish ponds not far above high-tide level at Aalesuud in Norway (Wille, op.
cit., pp. 118 and 119), so that their occurrence in temperate and tropical waters
still remains to be established. It is scarcely probable that they are restricted to
the cold regions of the earth.

The dimensions above given for C. subcaudata are appreciably smaller than
those given by Messrs. W ". and G. S. West, although both sets of measurements
an- almost included in the extremes given by Wille (vi/c., 15-39 /j. long, 8-18 p,
broad). The marked difference in size of the individuals seen by Messrs. West
and myself indicates the occurrence of a large and small form of the species.

With regard to the general characters of C. */i/»;i>«/<if<i there is not much
to add to previous descriptions. The cell-membrane was always separated by a
narrow space from the contents (figs. 1-5), but was not quite as prominently
thickened as Wille describes it. In the majority of the individuals the posterior

* In material from the Oap pond, Winter Harbour, PiiJineUa-stagca, looking like those of a Chlamydomonas,
were found on the surface of the l'li"i-}/ii,/in»i -sheets ; they could not be further determined. Cells oval or circular
\\illi :i psn-iii-iid, ahcuit 8-9 fj. broad ; murilau;.- hyaline, not strntil'n <l.

t Nearly all the illustrations in* this paper arc the work of my \vifc.

VOL. VI. JJ

^>

^

F. E. FKITSCH.

end was acutely pointed (figs. 1, 3, 4), but in some cases it was more or less
completely rounded off (figs. 2, 5). The cells are frequently somewhat asymmetrical
about the longitudinal axis (fig. 1), sometimes even to a marked extent (fig. 4),
but in other cases (fig. 3) the cell was quite symmetrical, the pointed termination
being median. The shape of the individuals thus varies a good deal, but the
elongated form figured by Wille (op. clt., figs. 12, 13, 14) was rare (cf. my fig. 5).
The position of the nucleus is variable, as the figures show ; in some cases it
is quite near the front end of the cell (see especially fig. 2), in others much
nearer the pyrenoid (fig. 3). The latter was always situated near the middle of
the cell, but obviously in the posterior half. In many individuals the longitudinal
ribbing of the chloroplast was very prominent ; the chloroplasts were often charged
with numerous small starch-grains. Division-stages were not uncommon, division
being effected by oblique planes as recorded by Wille and the Wests.

In a considerable number of the individuals encystment had taken place
(figs. G-ll). Within the colourless membrane of the mother-cell the contents had
become rounded off into an oval or spherical mass and surrounded by a rather
thick and often stratified wall (figs. 6 and 7). Laterally this new envelope is
almost in contact with the old cell-membrane, but at the front and back ends
of the cell there is a considerable space between the two (figs. G and 7). The
pointed posterior end of the old cell-membrane is often very distinct (fig. 6).
The contents undergo no apparent change in this process of eucystmeut, the
pyrenoid retaining its posterior and the nucleus its anterior position, and the shape
of the chloroplast is often quite recognisable (fig. G). The cilia are evidently
drawn in or cast off prior to the occurrence of encystment, as no traces of them
could be found in these individuals. Perfectly similar encysted individuals were
found in which the membrane of the cyst showed protrusions of various kinds
(figs. 8-10). These protrusions are cither single (fig. 8) or there are two of them
(figs. 9, 10), and, as the figures show, they are developed to a very varying extent.
Sometimes they cause protrusions of the old mother-cell membrane (fig. 10) and
lead to the assumption of very irregular shapes. Free cysts, which had escaped
from the enveloping mother cell-membrane, were abundant among the ordinary
Chhtmydomonas-individuals, appearing as circular or oval cells with a rather thick
and stratified membrane and the characteristic angular pyrenoid of the species
(figs. 11-13). Occasionally in these cells the membrane is much more markedly
thickened on one side than on the other (cf. fig. 11). Now and again a cell
of this kind with two pyrenoids was observed (fig. 14), thus possibly indicating
the commencement of division. Stages like that shown in fig. 20, in which the
contents of the cyst have undergone division into four parts, were extremely
rare. It is not known what the further fate of these cysts is.

Similar cysts are known for other species of Chlamydomonas and its allies ;
Dill ("Die Gattung Chlamydomonas und ihre uiichsteu Verwandten," Berlin, 1895)

FRESHWATER ALG^E. (J

has recorded them for (.'. <//</<ntfi-a Dill, Willc (»p. c/'f.) for C. marina (T>uj.)
( !ohn, Chloromonas alpina Wille, etc.

The spherical cysts bear an appreciable resemblance in size, thickness of wall and
general character to a "forma cellulis plerumque globosis sed hinc inde angulo,-o-
globosis e mutua pressione" of Pleurococcus pachydermus Lagerh., described by
Messrs. West (<>p. cit., p. 275), and, before their connection with Chlamydomonas
subcaudata was noticed, I was for referring these cells to that form. The pyrenoida
of this form of Pleurococcus pachydermus, however, appear to be circular and not
angular, and the chloroplast is described as "parietal" and "of considerable extent" ;
the wall is also thicker and more prominently stratified. It is therefore quite
possible that the two forms bear no relation to one another, but of this I do
not feel absolutely certain, the more as it is not quite apparent on what grounds
the Wests refer their form to Pleurococcus pachydermus. Lagerheim's original
description and figures (" Bidrag till kiiimedomen om Stockholmstraktens Pediastreer.
Protococcaceer och Palmellaceer," Ofvers. af Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Forhandl., 1882, Xo. 2,
pp. 78-79 and Tab. III., figs. 40-42) give no indication of a pyrenoid in the cells,
and the membrane, though thick, is not stratified. The presence of a pyrenoid is
of course a rather variable feature in the genus Plenrococcii*, but the cells of Messrs.
West's form are certainly as much like the cysts of Chlamydomonas subcaudata as
they are like Lagerheim's figures of PI. pachydermus. The processes sometimes
developed on the cysts recall in some ways the process on Messrs. \Yest's forma
Ktipitata, but those on the cysts have a much broader attachment and do not
attain to nearly the length of those of the form described by the Wests.

2. CHLAMYDOMONAS INTERMEDIA.
(PL I., figs. 15-18.)

Chlamydomonas intvrmi'iUu Chodat, Bull. Hcrbier Boissicr, ii., p. 590, t. 22, 2:! ; AVille, «/<. /-it., p. ML'.
t. iv., fi.tr. l .">.

Long. cell. = 10-1:5 /u. ; lat. cell. = f>-8 p..

llali. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January Oth, 1!)02.

This species has also been found in material from a pond in the South
Orkneys (Fritsch, op. cit., p. 324) and by Messrs. W. and G. S. West (up. cit.,
p. 275) in Pony Lake. The first of the three samples from the pond at Cape
Adare was almost a pure culture of this species, and exhibited a considerable
degree of variation in the individuals. The pyrenoid, which was frequently
angular, was generally situated in the posterior half of the cell (cf. W. and (i. S.
West, p. 275) and not in the middle. The nucleus lay just in front of the
pyrenoid (!.<'. in the middle of the fell, figs. 15, 17), sometimes directly adjacent to
it (fig. K')), and was not uncommonly slightly shifted to one side of the cell (fig. lf>);

ii 2

10 F. E. FRITSCH.

aii extreme case is shown in fig. 18. The stigma, however, was the most variable
feature of all; iu shape it was generally elongated and somewhat curved (figs. 15,
18), but occasionally it was almost round or oval (figs. 1G, 17) ; it was generally
situated in the back half of the cell, slightly in front of the pyrenoid (fig. 15),
but this position was by no means constant, and in some of the individuals it
was found quite close to the front end (fig. 18) or even (though rarely) quite near
the back end of the cell (fig. 17). In a number of individuals, moreover, more
than one stigma (up to three) was apparent, the respective stigmata either being close
together or somewhat removed from one another (figs. 17, 18).

Messrs. West refer their C. intermedia to a forma antarctica (" forma minor,
stigmata juxta pyrenoidem "). The individuals from Cape Adare were even slightly
smaller than those recorded by these authorities, and in this respect they agree with
f. antarctica, but the position of the stigma, as above mentioned, was rather variable
and by no means always adjacent to the pyrenoid.

3. CHLAMYDOMONAS EHRENBERGI.
(PL I., fig. 19.)

Chlftmydomonas ehrenlergii Gorosch., Beitr. z. Morph. u. Systematik d. Chlamydornonaden, Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Naturalistes de Moscou, 1891, pp. 128-131, Tab. III., figs. 10-25 ; Wille, op. fit.,
pp. 123-124, Tab. IV., fig. 18.

Long. cell. = 14-22 /LI; lat. cell. = 10-17 '5 [i.

Hab. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

This form is readily distinguished from C. intermedia Chod. by the shape of the
cells, which are ovoid and bluntly pointed at the front end ; the greatest width of the
cell is about one-third of the way from the back end. It was a rare form, far less
abundant than the two previous species.*

Genus CHLOROMONAS Gobi.
4. CHLOROMONAS ALPINA.

(PL I., figs. 21-25.)
Chloromonas alpina Wille, op. cit., pp. 122-124 and 152, Tab. III., figs. 24-34.

Long. cell. = 10-11 /* ; lat. cell. = 6-8 p.

Hal. — In freshwater ice under boulder, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

This species appears previously only to have been recorded by Wille from

* A species of Chlamydomonas was also observed in a sample from the ice, McMurdo Bay, September 13th,
1902, but the material was too scanty and the preservation too bad to admit of its determination.

FRESHWATER ALGJE. 11

" Rondane " in Norway, where it was found on snow. The Antarctic individuals, like
those described by Wille, lacked all traces of a pyrenoid. The nucleus (figs. 21-25)
was prominent and situated in the centre of the cell, in which respect the specimens
differed from those described by Wille (cf. however, his fig. 25, where the nucleus
appears to be quite central). Numerous discoid chloroplasts were frequently
recognisable in the cells, and in some cases a slightly elongated stigma could be made
out, not far from the bases of the cilia (figs. 21, 25). Some of the individuals were
practically devoid of starch, while others contained a considerable amount. The cilia
were so delicate that in some of the individuals it was only possible to trace them a
very short way, but they appeared in general to be a little longer than the body of the
cell (fig. -21).

Some of the individuals were of a more elongated form than those described and
figured by Wille (long. cell. = 13 //, ; lat. cell. = G p., figs. 23, 24), but in view of their
resemblance to the type in other respects, I do not think that they belong to a different
species.

PROTOCOCCACE.E.

Genus TROCHISCIA Kiitz.
5. TROCHISCIA CRASSA.

Trochiscia crassa Hansg., Physiol. und Algol. Mltteil. (1800), Tub. I. ; Prodi', d. Altrejfl. v.
Bohmen, ii. (1*1)2), pp. 240-241.

Diam. cell. =: 50-55 /j.. Cell-wall deep brownish-red, opaque.
Jlnti. — Granite Harbour, freshwater pond, January 20th, 1902.

ULOTRICHACEyE.

Genus ULOTHRIX Kiitx.

G. ULOTHRIX SUBTILIS var. VARIABILIS.

Ulotliri.,' xnhlilis Kiitz., Phycol. Germ. (1845), p. 197 ; Tub. Phycol. ii. (1852), Tab. JSii, ii-. 1.
Yur. r«ri<il>ilix (Kiitz.) Kirchncr, Alg. Schlesien (1878), p. 77.

Crass, fil. = G-7 /u. ; cells one and a half times or twice as long as broad.

//<(/*. — Freshwater pond in ice off " Black Island," McMurdo Strait, December 31st,
1 1)02 ; Gap pond, Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903 (in both cases on surface
of Phormidium).

This form was not common.

12 F. E. FRITSCH.

PLEUROCOCCACE.E.

Genus PLEUROCOCCUS Menegli.
7. PLEUROCOCCUS FRICJIDUS.

(PI. I., figs. 43, 44.)
Pleitrococcus frlgidm W. and G. S. West, op. cit., p. 270, PL XXIV., figs. 40-44.

Diam. cell. = 20-22 /*.

IJab. — Freshwater pond among eskers four miles north of Black Island, upon ice,
McMurdo Strait, September 12th, 1902; Gap pond, Winter Harbour, February 20th,
1904.

This form was rare and was always found attached to the Phormidtum- sheets.

8. PLEUROCOCCUS ANTARCTICUS.

(PI. L, figs. 26-35.)
Plnirococcus untarcticm W. and G. S. West, op. cit., pp. 27G-277, PL XXIV., figs. 49-51.

Ilab. — Very widely distributed on the P/tonnidium-sheets, especially Gap pond,
Winter Harbour, ponds in eskers near Black and Brown Islands, etc.

This is a very striking and characteristic constituent of the epiphytic vegetation
of the abundant Phormidium-sheets, but obviously much more variable than Messrs. W.
and G. S. West's material would lead one to suppose. According to their diagnosis the
characteristic features of the species are : the large spherical cells, which are isolated or
aggregated in small families ; the thick cell-wall, which is homogeneous or obscurely
stratified ; a large, indistinctly limited, parietal chloroplast ; the frequent presence of
drops of oil. The form, they observed, was free-floating, but they also distinguish a
forma robusta (op. cit., p. 276, PI. XXIV., figs. 52-54), which grows on the surface of
the Cyanophyceous strata ; this form has huge cells with a very thick, stratified
membrane and is stated to lack drops of oil.

I have observed no free-floating specimens of .P. antarcticus at all, probably
because my Antarctic material was mainly such as had grown attached to some
substratum. There occurred, however, on some of the Phormidium-sheets groups of
cells agreeing in all respects (except in the attached habit) with Messrs. West's
description (f. simplex, cf. below). These cells varied in diameter between 18 and 35 /u,
the commonest dimension being 20 jj. ; they contained no pyrenoid, but often numerous
starch-grains ; and globules of oil varying in size and number were often present
between the thick walls and the contracted contents (PI. I., figs. 30, 31).

In other groups of cells, however, one (rarely two) pyreuoids were conspicuous
after staining with iodine, these cells otherwise agreeing in all respects with those just
described (PI. I., fig. 32, f. f'/picn, <•/. below). In other groups of cells again (PI. L,

FRESIIWATKR ALC/E. 1:'.

figs. 2<>, 2'.)) the pyrenoids were much larger and starch-formation was confined to their
immediate neighbourhood. It is evident, therefore, that in P. antarcticiis, as in some
other species of /'/V«r«<c«(v».v; the presence of a pyrenoid is a variable feature. A
pyrenoid was not observed in the large cells of forma n>l>nsfn .

The distribution of the fatty oil in the cells of P. antarcticns is evidently al-"
very diverse. Sometimes it appears equally diffused through the cell-contents, which
then present a whitish, highly refractive appearance (figs. 30, 31) ; in other cases it is
located between cell-membrane and the contracted contents (figs. 20, 31-33), as already
described. A very characteristic form taken by the fat is that shown in fig. '29,
where it occurs in the shape of a considerable number of lumps, projecting radially
from the periphery of the contracted contents and giving the latter a peculiar spiked
appearance ; such cell-groups are very common. Drops of oil are also found between
cell membrane and contents in forma robusta (figs. 34, 35).

The size of the cells is also very variable ; it varies from 7 p. iu forma minor
(<-f. below) to nearly 100 /A in particularly large specimens of forma /-o/nixfo:. The
commonest dimension of the cell in my material was about 20-22 yu, (in the "\\ ests'
material 32 /u). Not uncommonly all the cells of a group are approximately of the
same size (figs. 26, 27, 29, 32), but in other cases the cells of a group are of very
unequal dimensions. Occasionally the cells appear arranged in well-marked chains
(fig. 28, f.ji/iinii'iitoxft, cf. below).

In a few cases the contents of the larger cells were tinged a deep reddish-
yellow colour.

( hi the basis of these observations I give the following emended diagnosis of the
species and a list of its principal forms : —

PLEUROCOCCUS AXTARCTICUS W. and G. S. West, emend.

Cellulis globosis (vel rarius ellipsoideis), in forma typica 10-37 (plerumquc 20
vel 32) /A latis (sed in aliis formis, 7-100 p. latis), singulis vel in familiis parvis
aggregatis, inter algas Myxophycearum libere natantibus vel intra stratum ^lyxo-
phyeearum nidulautibus, membrana cellularum usque ad 2 • 2 p crassa, homogcuca
vel plus minusve distincte lamellosa ; chromatophora magna, parietali, indistincte
limitata, plerumque cum pyrenoide conspicuo; oleum saepe adest, forma globulorum
conspicuorum vel in cytoplasmate ditfusum. Propagatio ignota.

Forma ti/[>ica (PI. I., fig. 26).

Cellulis singulis vel in familiis parvis aggregatis, 10-37/x latis. cum pyrenoidibus

conspicuis ct globulis oleariis inter membranam cellularum et cytoplasma dispositis ;
membrana cellularum usque ad 2'2/A crassa, homogenea vel distincte lamellosa.

This was the most widelv distributed form in the ' Discovery' material.

14 F. E. FRITSCH.

Forma minor (PL I., fig. 27).

( 'ellulis multo minoribus, 7-8 p latis, cxacte globosis vel modicc anguloso-globosis
e mutua prcssione, in familiis parvis cell alarum sequalium aggregatis intra stratum
Phormidii nidulantibus ; membrana cellulae codem niodo quo iu typo incrassata ;
chromatophora cum pyrenoide.

This form gives rise to one-layered strata of circular or somewhat polygonal cells
of almost uniform size. This going hand in hand with the small dimensions of the
cells gives the strata a very characteristic regular appearance, in marked contrast to
the generally non-uniform strata of the larger-celled type. The cell-membrane is
prominently thickened to the same relative extent as in the larger forms, and the
cells have a conspicuous pyrenoid.

Forma robusta W. and G. S. West, op. tit., p. 276, PL XXIV., figs. 52-54.

(PL I., figs. 34-35).

Cellulis majoribus vel multo majorib us, 35-78-100 /A latis, globosis vel distincte
ellipsoideis, intra stratum Myxophycearum uidulantibus, solitariis vel saepe dense
aggregatis ; membr. cell. 2 • 5-6 /x crassa et lamellosa ; chromatophora saepe distiucte
parietal!, globulis oleariis nullis vel magnis et conspicuis.

The cells of this form attain immense dimensions and, although ordinarily
spherical, as the Wests' figures show them, are sometimes ellipsoidal (figs. 34, 35). In
my material the cells of this form generally contained large and conspicuous
oil-globules between the membrane and the contents. A pyrenoid does not appear-
to occur. Occasionally the cell-contents are reddish-brown (cf. above). The outer
surface of the wall is frequently somewhat irregular, giving the appearance of flakes
of membrane becoming detached.

Fonnajilamentosa (PL I., fig. 28).

Cellulis globosis vel modice depresso-globosis, 14-20 /x latis, in filamentis brevibus
dispositis, intra stratum Myxophycearum nidulantibus, cum pyrenoidibus conspicuis.
This form is rare.

Forma simplex (PL I., figs. 30, 31, 33).

Cellulis globosis, 18-35 JJL latis, solitariis vel in familiis aggregatis, intra stratum
Myxophycearum nidulantibus vel libere natantibus, sine pyrenoidibus, sed cum grauulis
amylaceis rnultis.

This is the form originally described by Messrs. W. and G. S. West. The form
with small pyrenoids shown in fig. 32 connects f. si>nj>l<',r with f.

Forma stellata (PL I., fig. 29).

Cellulis globosis, ut in forma typica, saepe ca. 30 M latis, cum globulis oleariis
couspicuis, radiatim circum cytoplasma cellularum dispositis.

FRESHWATER ALG^l. 15

In view of the fact that this characteristic arrangement of the oil-drops
noticed in all the cells of certain groups, it appears to l>e typical of a definite
form of the species.

9. PLEUROCOCCUS KOETTLITZI* sp. n.
(PI. I., figs. 3G-42).

(Vllnlis idobosis vel saepe plus minusve ellipsoideis, plcrumque 11-16 p. latis, in
familiis parvis irregularibus vel coelastriformibus vel quadricellularibus ct tetraedricis
aggregatis ad superticiem stratuum PlwnniiHi afiixis ; membrana cellularum tenui,
scd distiucta ; couteutu homogeueo, obscurato accumulatione magna olei, quod
semper adesse videtur et facit in familiis cellularum aspectum valde refriugeutem et
saepe nigrescentem ; contentu interdum rubescente ; ehromatophora singula probabilis
est, cum pyrenoidc. Propagatio divisioue couteutus cellular in quatuor cellulaa tiliales,
quae suut tetraedrice dispositas.

Diam. cell. = 11-1 G /A ; cell, ovales plerumque 15 /A long, ct 12-13 p. lat.

J/iif>. — Widely distributed on the Phormidium-aheebB, especially from the Gap
pond, Winter Harbour.

The most prominent characteristics of this species are the often slightly oval
shape of the cells, the very prominent storage of fatty oil and the tetrad-like
grouping of the cells in young and often in older families. Young colonies are not
uncommonly to be found in which the four cells form an obvious tetrad (figs. 37,
39, 41); in the older colonies the grouping of the cells is frequently very similar in
that of such a form as Coelastrum microporum, but, when the colonies consist of very
large numbers of cells, their grouping becomes irregular (fig. 36). Even in these
irregular colonies, however, individual groups of cells are often in tetrads. This
prevalent tetrad-like grouping is undoubtedly due to the method of reproduction, four
daughter-cells arising within the membrane of the mother-cell (fig. 40, only three
cells arc visible) ; it appears that some of the cells of the tetrad may occasionally
abort (cf. fig. 42). As detached pieces of cell-membrane arc sometimes found lying
near the colonies of this species it seems probable that the membrane of the
mother-cell is ruptured and does not undergo gelatinisatiou.

The fatty oil generally obscures the whole of the cell-contents and gives the
colonies, under the low power of the microscope, a dark highly refractive appearance
which is very characteristic, Osmic acid gives a deep brownish-black colouration.
In some of the larger colonies the contents of occasional cells may be tinged
yellowish-red, without these cells presenting any other point of difference to the
normal ones. A pyrenoid and a limited number of starch-grains arc generally present,
but the pyrenoid docs not appear to be quite constant. The cell-wall is
generally thin.

* Named after the collector, Dr. K.H ttlitz, surgeon to the 'Discovery.'

VOL. VI. I

16 F. E. FRITSCH.

In view of the method of reproduction above described, this species should
perhaps be referred to the genus Chlorella ; it shows some resemblance to species like
Chlorella conglomerate/, (Artari) Oltmanns ( = Pleurococcus conglomeratus Artari) and
C. regularis (Artari) Oltmanns ( = -P. regular} s Artari).

10. PLEUROCOCCUS DISSECTUS.

Pleurococcus dissectus (Kiitz.) Niigeli, Gatt. uinzell. Algcn (1840), p. 05, Tub. IV., E, fig. 3.

IIal>. — Freshwater pond upon ice among eskers, four miles north of Black
Island, McMurdo Strait, September 12th, 1902 ; Gap pond, Winter Harbour,
December 15th, 1903.

Isolated cells or flat strata on the surface of Phormidiiiia, as recorded by
Messrs. West (op. cit., p. 277).*

PKASIOLACE.E.

Genus PRASIOLA Ag.

11. PRASIOLA CRLSPA.
(Text-figures A-D.)

Prasiola crispa (Lightf.) Menegh. ; Kiitzing, Phycol. gener. (1843), p. 295 ; Rabeuhorst, Flor. europ.
algarum, iii. (1868), p. 308.

Hal). — Damp spot, summit of Cape Adare (1000 feet), January 9th, 1902;
under boulder, fifty feet above sea, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 ; probable
developmental stages common among the Cyanophyceous sheets from the Gap pond,
Winter Harbour, etc.

There can be no doubt that this is a common form in Antarctic regions (previously
recorded by Hooker and Harvey, Wille, Fritsch, W. and G. S. West, etc.), as the
frequency of the characteristic packets of cells throughout the material demonstrates.
The only mature thalli were obtained from the summit of Cape Adare, while the
material from beneath a boulder fifty feet above sea-level at the same locality
consisted almost entirely of the Hormidium-siage.

The expanded thalli were irregularly folded and bullate, the cells showing
ordinarily a very regular arrangement in groups of 1G or 32, separated by slightly
wider interspaces (text-figure B). The dimensions of the cell-contents were
6-7 • 5 /u, x 4-5 /u, in surface view and 11 p. deep in section. At other points in the thalli,
where a formation of the cell-packets serving for reproduction was taking place, the
arrangement becomes far more irregular, the characteristic grouping being sometimes
almost completely lost. As stated in an earlier paper (Fritsch, op. cit., p. 331), this

* A form resembling Protodcrma was observed on the Phormidium-sheeis in one of the samples from the
Gap pond, Winter Harbour, but too little of it was seen to admit of determination.

I'KKSinVATKU AUU-:. 17

production of packets for purposes of propagation is not confined to the margin of the
thallus, as Wille (Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidenakab, xl., 1902, p. 215) describes it, but
can take place anywhere.

In the above-mentioned paper of Wille's a number of reproductive stages of
another kind are described and figured (<>j>. <-it., p. 21G, Tub. III., figs. 13-19) ; these
are supposed tu lie the products of unicellular akinetes produced from the margins
of the thallus (of. Gay, Recherches sur le developpemeut et la classification de
quelques Algues vertes, Paris, 1891, fig. 130). Stages like those shown in Wille's
figs. 13-15 were common not only in the material from Cape Adare, but more or less
isolated among other Algae from several other localities (notably from the Gap pond).
There can be no doubt that these stages arise from large unicellular akinetes, as such
were frequently observed in the mature thalli (text-figure A, k}. These akinetes arc
however by no means confined to the margin of the thalli, but can arise anywhere.
They are generally more or less separated from one another, the surrounding cells
being often quite irregularly arranged, pale in colour and apparently in a moribund
condition (text-figure A). The akinetes are spherical and vary in diameter between
10 and 14/u,; they have a thick membrane. Division of the contents of the akinete
(text-figures C and D) does not appear to take place until it is liberated by the decay
of the surrounding thallus, but there may be exceptions to this rule.

I have no doubt that Wille is right in regarding these cells as sporangial, as the
irregularity of arrangement of the products of their division excludes the possibility
of their being the beginnings of a new thallus. Wille thinks that the product's
(his aplanospores) on liberation give rise to the fformidium-st&ge. While this may
frequently be the case, there seems to be indirect evidence that they may sometimes
give rise straight away to the characteristic 7 'n'.v/W,/ -packets. The abundance of such
packets on the Phormidium-sheete from many localities is scarcely explicable on any
other hypothesis. There are no mature Pi'asiola-t\i&\\i, from which these packets
could have been derived, at hand in these localities, whereas the dividing akinetes
are not uncommon.

The filaments of the Homin/it/iti-stage from Cape Adare measured 9-1 1 p in
diameter.

12. PRASIOLA ANTARCTICA.

(Text-figures E and F.)

Prasiola antarctica Kiitz., Spec. Alg. (1849), p. 473 ; Tabul. Phycol., v., Tab. 4<i, fig. t ; Rabenliorst, op.

<•/!., iii. (IM;S), p. 311.

Hob. — Growing on stones, Mt. Terror, January 22nd, 1902.

It is with some degree of diffidence that I refer the form from Mt. Terror
to a species distinct from P. crispa, as I do not feel quite convinced that the
differences are of specific value. P. <.<nt<<r<'ii<-<i might perhaps be regarded merely
as a variety of P. cris^a, as 1 advocated in my paper mi the Algae of the

i i-

18

F. E. FRITSCH.

South Orkneys (up. c'/t., p. 330). There is iinduubtedly sume variation in the
decree of separation of the cells in P. crispa, although it does not appear ever
to attain to the pronounced separation typical of P. Antarctica. Since seeing the
typical form of the latter species in the present material, I have realised that
it was not present in the South Orkneys material at all.

The most pronounced difference between P. antartica and P. crivpa lies in the
thickness of the walls separating adjacent cells. In P. antarcttca their thickness
is generally nearly equal to the width of the cell-contents, so that the latter

DO DO 00 00 DD 00 DO

00 pn oa

OD DO oa
DD DD na

00 QODQ 00 DD DO DO
a DO

S DD

D DD

DO DO 00 g g

/ L-I LJ u

BB

000 QQ00 OO

OQODO

aoDOO

Q

ooooo

oo
\ C300 O

\ So o a

\0ooa

A-D. Prasiola crteia (Lightf.) Menegh. ; A, part of thallus showing formation of akinetes (k); B, a normal piece of the tliallus ; C and D,
stages in the germination of akinetes ; E, F, Prasiola, antarctica Kiitz. ; E, normal piece of the thalflis ; F, edge of thalhis, showing
commencing formation of packets ; G-J, Fraxiala caloplij/lla Kiitz. ; G, two plants ; H, small part of stalk ; I, broadening out of stalk into
lamina ; J, edge of broad part of lamina. (G, magnified about 5 times ; C and D, x 700 ; all other figs., X 500.) .

appear remote from one another (text-figure E). The arrangement of the cells in
groups separated by wide interspaces is thereby rendered far less distinct, and in
parts of the thalli from Mt. Terror was quite unrecognisable. As a consequence
the thalli present an even more uniform appearance under the microscope than
obtains in P. <•>'!*/'></. In the material from Mt. Terror there also appeared to be
a tendency for the cells to be squarer in surface-view than is usually the case in
P. crispa. The margins of the thalli were not as irregular as in the latter species,
and the size of the whole plant was appreciably less ; some of the thalli in my

FRESHWATER AUi.K. I!)

material were however considerably larger than those figured by .Messrs. West (<>/>. cit.,
PL XXIVr., fig. 10). We may add to the differences between the two forms the
habitat on moist stones, which has already been commented upon by J. G. Agardli,
De Toui and Messrs. West.

The greatest difficulty in the way of regarding P. <iiil<nrtic<i as a Aperies
distinct from P. cr/.spa is the absence of all indications of a separate course of
reproduction in the former. Abundant reproduction by the characteristic packets of
cells was going on in the material from Mt. Terror, but, except that the production
of the packets in this case was certainly confined to the margins of the thallus
(text-figure F), there was nothing to distinguish them from those of P. cri*]><i. For
this reason I think it may ultimately appear that P. ant<tr<-ti,-a is only a varietv of
P. crispa, although one cannot agree with Wille (up. n't., p. 218) that the two
forms are identical.

13. PRASIOLA CALOPHYLLA.

(Text-figures G-J.)

Piasiola caloplujlla (Curm.) Mcii^b. ; Rubcnhorst, op. cit., pp. 310-311 ; Du Toni, Sylloge AliMnim,
i. (1889), p. 144.

//'i/>. — Attached to rocks, freshwater pond in gap, Winter Harbour, January
12th, 1904; attached to stones, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902.

This form was markedly distinct from the two previous ones in the thread-
like form of the thalli and in being firmly attached to the rocks by a long
filiform stipe ; this slowly widens (consisting at first of one, then of two and then
of four longitudinal rows of cells) into a fairly broad thallus (25 or more rows
of cells wide), which is in no way sharply demarcated from the stalk. A number
of thalli arose from the same point, appearing to the naked eye like a bunch of
coarse filaments (text-figure G).

The base of the stalk is slightly enlarged to form an organ of attachment.
The cells of the stalk are prominently flattened and have thick walls (diam.
stalk = 20 /x; diam. cell-contents = 9-1 1 /t ; long, cell-contents = 3-5 p), but the
longitudinal walls are thicker than the transverse ones (text-figure H). Here
and there longitudinal division takes place in the cells of the stalk, so that
two rows of cells arc present, but such divisions are merely local (leading to
slight bulgings of the stalk) and generally only extend to a few cells, bevmid
which the stalk again consists of a single row. It is only at a considerable
distance from the point of attachment that the stalk becomes permanently biscriate
(text-figure I), and this condition may again persist for some distance before
further longitudinal divisions take place and a quadriseriate arrangement is attained.
After this, longitudinal walls appear to be formed more frequently and the stipe
rather rapidly broadens out into the fiat thallus. Even after the bi- or quadri-
seriate condition is arrived at, there may often be local reversions to a nni- or

20 F. E. FRITSCH.

biseriate arrangement. The same thing may more rarely take place in the expanded
part of the thallus, which occasionally exhibits prominent constrictions. In spite of
all these irregularities there is a very sensible and gradual widening of the plant
after the first permanent longitudinal divisions set in.

In many of the plants the broadening out of the thallus did not go very
far, so that the whole plant had a filiform appearance, with a length many times
exceeding its breadth. This, and the very gradual widening of the stipe into
the thallus, appear, according to Imhauser ("Entwicklungsgesch. u. Formenkreis v.
Pmxiola " Flora, 1889, Heft 3, Diss. Marburg, 1889, pp. 47 and 55) to be the two most
prominent characteristics of the species. These two characters are also well shown
in exsiccata of P. calophylla (from Tristan d'Acunha, Hb. Dickie) preserved in the
British Museum, although the specimens are not as elongated as those from Winter
Harbour.

In the expanded thallus (text-figure J) it was often not easy to recognise the
longitudinal seriation of the cells, referred to in many descriptions of the species
(Imhauser, op. cit. ; De Toni, op. cit. ; Rabenhorst, op. cif. ; F. S. Collins, " Green Algae
of N. America," Tuft's College Studies, Scient. series, II, No. 3, 1909, p. 219). The
cells were regularly arranged in groups of four and were often practically equi-
distant, so that an areolation, such as that in P. cri^jni, was not manifest; but
this grouping of the cells was frequently interrupted owing to the cells in adjacent
parts of the thallus showing a slightly different orientation. The cells in the
expanded thallus were often almost square, the cell-contents measuring 5-6 x 5-6 \L.

Some of the larger thalli attained a length of 2 cm. and a breadth of about
a millimetre (at their widest point). The specimens from Granite Harbour were
much shorter than those from the other habitat.

No reproductive stages were observed, but intermingled with the other growth
on the stones from Winter Harbour were Pra.y/o/a-packets, which did not differ in
any respect from those of P. crispa. Presumably they belonged to P. calophylla.

CONJUGATE.

Genus PENIUM Breb.

14. PENIUM sp.
(PI. L, figs. 45, 46.)

Cellulis subcylindricis vel modice ellipsoideis, latitudme circa duplo longioribus,
polis rotundato-deplanatis, constrictione modica in media parte cellular munitis ;
uiembraua cellulse Isevis et hyalina, modice sed tequaliter incrassata ; coutentu

FRESHWATER ALG.E. 21

cellularuin contracto, cum pyreuoide magno globoso in utraquc parte celluke ;
chromatophoram nou vidi.

Long. cell. = 35 /x ; lat, cell. = IG/n.

Ilnli. — Isolated among sediment from freshwater ponds, Granite Harbour,
January 20th, 1902.

The discovery of this Desmid is of great interest, as it indicates that the group
is not quite unrepresented, even in these extreme southern latitudes. It may well be
that the form just described is new, but the material was too scanty and the
cell-contents too badly preserved to warrant the establishment of a new species. The
cells appear elliptical in shape and have somewhat Hat rounded ends. There is a
slight constriction in the middle of the cell, as in many species of the genus. The
specimens show considerable resemblance to P. cruciferum (De Bary) Wittr. ('7.
\V. and G. S. West, A monograph of the British Desmidiaceae, Ray Society, 1904,
Vol. I., p. 100, PI. X., figs. 18, 19), but the shape of the cell is rather different. The
contents were contracted in all the individuals seen, and no details of the chlomplast
could be made out; each half of the cell however has a large circular pyrenoid. In
many cases the contents showed a faint constriction similar to that of the cell-wall.

CYANOPHYCE^} (MYXOPHYCE/E).

CHROOCOCCACEJv

Genus CHROOCOCCUS Na'gcli.
15. CHROOCOCCUS TURGIDUS.

Ckroorwriia hu-ijiilux (Kiitz.) Nag., Gatt. cinzell. Alg. (18-i'J), p. 4ii.

Diam. cell. = 13-14/1.

Halt. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, February 20th, 1904 (on P/mnnii/
The sheath was plainly stratified, thus distinguishing this form from C. i/ii
which was much more abundant.

1C. CHROOCOCCUS MINTTUS.

C'/iroococci/x miniititx (Kiitz.) Niig., op. rit., p. 4C ; Riibeuhorst, Fl. Europ. Alg., ii.

Diam. cell. = 8-11 /A or sometimes even 13/t.

lluli. — Abundant on the surface of Phormidium in some of the material from the
(Jap pond, Winter Harbour.

These specimens, like those recorded by Messrs. West («/<. cit., p. 297) arc larger
than the normal ; the cells were often grouped to form colonies <if appreciable si/e.

22 F. E. FRITSCH.

17. CHROOCOCCUS MINOR.

i 7/nnicuccns minor (Kiitz.) Nag., op. cit., p. 47, Tab. I., fig. A4 ; Rabeuhorst, op. cit., p. 30.

Hab. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, December 15tb, 1903 (on Phormidium).

18. CHROOCOCCUS HELVETICUS.
C/troococcus helreticus Nag., op. cit., p. 4C, Tab. I., fig. A3 ; Rabenhorsfc, op. cit., p. 31.

Diam. cell. = 5 /x.

Hab. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903 (on Phormidtuni).

Very typical colonies of exactly spherical cells ; colonies composed of 4-8-1 G cells.

Genus DACTYLOCOCCOPSIS Hansg.
19. DACTYLOCOCCOPIS RHAPHIDIOIDES.

(PI. II., figs. 116, 117.)
Dactylococcopsis rJiaphidiuides Hansg., Prodr. d. Algenfl. v. Bobmen, ii. (1892), p. 139, fig. 49a.

Diam. cell, in media parte = 2-3 p. ; long. cell. = 25-27 /*.

Ilab. — Freshwater pond upon ice among eskers, four miles north of Black Island,
McMurdo Strait, September 12th, 1902.

The individuals were slightly longer than those described by Hansgirg, and were
all of semilunar shape ; the contents were pale blue-green, with a few small granules,
and pronouncedly vacuolar ; the ends of the cells were pointed and colourless. Some
of the cells showed a distinct septum across their middle.

20. DACTYLOCOCCOPSIS ANTARCTICA sp. n.
(PL II., figs. 121, 122.)

Cellulis minutis, numerosis in muco hyalino nidulantibus, stratum planum in
superficiem algarum Cyanophycearum formantibus ; cellulis irregulariter dispositis,
fusiformibus vel in alterutro fine rotundatis, rarius leniter curvatis, coutentu dilute
serugineo cum grauulis paucis, membrana tenui ; propagatio divisione paulo
obliqua fit.

Diam. cell. = 1 ' 5-2 ju ; long. cell. = 4-6 /a.

ILili. — Forming an extensive flat stratum on the surface of the thallus of
Nostoc commune, Granite Harbour, New Bay, January 20th, 1902.

The cells of this minute species are in the majority of cases spindle-shaped ; in
occasional cells however one end is rounded or one side may be almost flat. Curved
cells are rare. The ends of the cells are not protruded in any way and are
not colourless.

FRESHWATER ALOJ5.

In its habitat D. Antarctica resemlilcs D. mii'-iculu F. Hustedt (Hedwigia, XLVIII.,

pp. 140-141), which also gro\v,s in the mucilage of a AW/*-, lint Hustedt's species is a
much larger form with curved cells, having marked attenuated'apices. The Antaivtie
form is much nearer to D. inoiitmia W. and G. S. West ; the cells of this species arc
however appreciably larger, are more pronouncedly spindle-shaped, and the species is
not endophytic, The cells in />. iih>nt<ni<t also appear to be more regularly arranged
than in D. antarctica (<•/. G. S. West, Brit. Freshw. Algae (1904), p. 348, fig. 1G2A).
A form like D. antarctica approaches very near to an J/</>"//^//«-< .

•

Genus GLCEOCAPSA Kiitz.
21. GLCEOCAPSA RUPICOLA.

(ili'ocujitu, i-itfiii-nla Kiitz., Spec. Alg. (1849), p. 221 ; Eubenborst, Fl. Europ. Alg., ii. (1*G.~>), p. I;!.

Diam. cell. = 4-5 /j. ; diam. colon, usque ad 30 p.

Ilali. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, December loth, l'J03 (on surface of
Phormidium) ; freshwater pond, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902 (in sediment).

The small colonies were spherical or elliptical. The inner sheaths were deep
red-brown, often almost completely obscuring the cells. A closely allied species
(<t. shuttleworthiana Kiitz.) is recorded by Messrs. West (oj>. cif., p. 29G).

Genus ArnAXoxHECK Nageli.
22. APHANOTHECE PRASIXA.

Aphanothece prasinn A. Bnuin in Ikibcnk. Alg. Nu. l.")72 ; Rabenhorst, Fl. Enrop. Alg., ii. (18C5),
pp. G5-GG.

ILili. — Ice-wall, five feet above present level of river-like pond, "Penknife ice,"
McMurdo Strait, September 13th, 1902.

Small, but otherwise typical colonies, attached to /'//<</•////>//«/// ,/lnc/nlt'. This
species is generally free-floating.

Genus MICROCVSTIS Jviitxing.

23. iMU'ROCYSTIS CHROOCOCCOIDKA.

(PI. II., figs. 102, 103.)
JUicrocyslis chroococcoidea AV. and (J. S. West, oj>. ri/., p. L",)(;, I'l. XXVI., iigs. 107-1 1 1.

Diam. cell. = 4 fj..

llnli. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903.

Occasional colonies of this interesting form were found on the Pkorinidium-sheetB
from the above-mentioned locality. They agreed well with the description published
by Messrs. We?.t, except that the cell-contents appeared homogeneous.

VOL. VI. K

21 F. E. FRITSCH.

24. MlUROCYSTLS MARGINATA.
Jlii-rncystis marginata (Mcnegh.) Kiifcz., Tab. Phyc., i. (18 40), Tab. 8.

Hull. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adarc, January 9th, 1902 (free-
floating) ; attached to Prasiola calophylla, freshwater pond in gap, Winter Harbour,
January 12th, 1904.

25. MlCROCYSTIS MERISMOPEDIOIDES.

Mii-ro<-y*tix merismopedioicles V. E. Fritsch, Freshw. Alg. coll. in the South Orkneys, etc., Journ. Linn.
Soc., But., xl. (.1912), p. 332, text-fig. E.

Hab. — Ice-wall, five feet above present level of river-like pond, " Penknife ice,"
McMurdo Strait, September 13th, 1902.

The colonies were loosely attached to the surface of Phormidium //lacial/-, and
differed in no respect from those previously described. The general investment was of a
bright yellowish-red hue.

26. MlCROCYSTIS PARASITICA.

(PI. I, figs. 67-70.)

Mii-rnfijstis parasiticft. Kiitz., Phyc. gencralis, 1843, p. 170 ; Phyc. Gcruinu., 1845, p. 148 ; Tab. Phyc., i.

(184G), Tab. IX. ; Migula, Kryptogameufl. von Deutschland, Deutseh-Ostcrreich und d. Schwuiz, ii., 1

(1907), p. 36.

Ancii'i/stis pamsitica Kiitz., Spec. Alg., 1841), p. 209.

Microltdha firma Breb. ; Kiitz., Tab. Phyc., i. (1841!), Tab. VII. ; Spec. Alg. (1840), p. 207.
Polycystis firma (Breb. et Leuorm.) Rabenh., Fl. Europ. Alg., ii. (18G5), p. 53.
Microcystis firma (Breb. et Leuorm.) Migula, oj>. cit., p. 37.

llnl). — Ice-wall, five feet above present level of river-like pond, "Penknife ice,"
.Mr.Murdo Strait, September 13th, 1902 ; freshwater pond in eskers upon ice, half-way
between Black and Brown Islands, January 3rd, 1903 ; Gap pond and other pools,
Winter Harbour.

This form was very abundant on some of the Phormidium-sheets from the
localities above-mentioned, and in several cases was found in large quantities on the
surface of aquatic micro-animals. The colonies varied very considerably in size
(15-40 /A) and were composed of numerous minute rounded cells, rarely exceeding 1 ju
in diameter. The shape of the colonies was very diverse ; in many cases they were
more or less rounded and well defined (fig. 68), but in other cases the shape was quite
irregular (figs. 67, 70). These differences are not due to a difference in age, as large
colonies were often round and small ones quite irregular. The cells are, as a general
rule, very closely crowded, although in the more irregular colonies they tend to be less
densely placed at some points. The colour of the cell-contents varies from a pale blue-
green to a dark green. The colonies could in all cases be made to stand out
conspicuously against the background of the Plionnnliuin by treatment with iodine,
which gave them a yellowish-brown tinge.

«/ O

FRESHWATER AI/JJE.

25

It does not seem possible to distinguish adequately between Kiitzing's M'icroct/Ktis
and his Microhaloa firma (= JSficrocystisJirma). The colonies observed in
the present material really combine the characters of the two species.

I'm'. GLAriAi.is var. nov.

Cellulis minutissimis, dense aggregatis in familiis plerumquc ct saepe valde
irregularibus, in mueo rubiginoso invulutis : cuntontum cellularnm dilute a>rugincum
esse vcrisimile est.

Diam. cell. = '5 p. ; diam. colon, usque ad 40 p..

Hah. — Dull brick-coloured ice, situated in long level line as though in situation
of former water-level, four feet above frozen water-course through " Penknife " ice,
McMurdo Bay, September 13th, 1902.

This form is partly, if not entirely, responsible for the colouration of the ice in this
habitat. The minute cells are densely aggregated in a brownish-red mucus, which
seems to be the only essential point of difference from the type. As far as could be
made out the cells themselves have pale blue-green contents.

Genus MERISMOPEDIA Meyen.

27. MERISMOPEDIA TEXUISSIMA.

(PI. I., figs. 49-51.)

Merismopedia tf/mitixinia Lemmermann, Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Plunktonalgen, Rot. Oentralbl., Ixxvi. (1*98),
p. i:>4.

Diam. cell. ca. 1*5 fj..

Ilnli. — Damp spot, summit of Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

The colonies were composed of small, generally closely placed cells, and consisted
of sixteen or frequently thirty-two or even sixty-four cells, forming verv regular
compact plates of small dimensions. The cell-contents were pale blue-given and
homogeneous. Wille (Antarkt, Algeu, Nyt -Mag. f. Naturvidenskab, xl. (1902), p. 219)
has recorded another form of this genus (J)/". glaucum (Ehrb.) Nag. var. i>nnct<itinn
(Meyen) Hansg.) from Cape Adare, but the cells in the colonies of my material were
too minute to belong to this species ; they differed also in their frequently den<e
aggregation.

Genus EUCAPSIS Clements and Shautz.

28. EUCAPSIS MINUTA sp. 11.
(PL I., figs. 47, 48.)

Familiis s;epe irregularibus, scd e fasciculis cubicis 8-32-128 vcl plurium
cellularum compositis, libere natautibus, cum tegumento hyalino mucoso aivto ; cellulis
hemisphsericis vel subglobosis, geminatim dispositis ut in genere Cln-ouci>c<;>.
cytoplasmatc plcrumque dilute ;vrugineo (pnosertim in familiis novellis), sed interdiim

K •_'

«

26 F. E. FRITSCH.

laete terugiueo, homogeneo ; cellulis in familiis novellis minutissimis et dense
aggregatis, in familiis vetustis 1-1 • 5 ju, diam. et distincte diseretis ; cellularum divisio
fit in tres directiones alternantes.

IIal>. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 ; in fresh-
water ice under boulder, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

The genus Eucapsis was founded by Clements and Shautz (Minnesota Bot.
Studies, iv. (1909), p. 134) for a species of blue-green Alga forming cubical packets of
cells in an alpine pond in Colorado. The Antarctic species differs from it in the much
smaller dimensions of the cells, in their wider separation in the mature condition, and
in the frequent irregularity of the colonies. The latter do not form the regular cubical
groups figured by the authors for E. alpina, but are (especially the older ones) of
irregular outline (fig. 47), although composed of individual packets of eight or more
cells, which are quite regularly disposed. The investment is quite invisible in
unstained material, but is rendered obvious by treatment with methylene blue ; it
closely follows the outline of the colony.

OSCILLATORIACK&.

Genus MICROCOLEUS Desmazieres.
29. MICROCOLEUS VAGINATUS.

Microcoleus rat/inahts (Yauch.) Gomont, Monogr. d. Oscill., Ann. Sui. Nat., Bot., 7 ser., xv. (1892),
pp. 355-3i>7, PI. XIV., fig. 12.

I faf>. — Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902 (rare).

Genus SYMPLOCA Kiitz.
30. SYMPLOCA sp.

Hal>: — On rocks, freshwater pond, Winter Harbour, January 12th, 1904.

Only one specimen of this form was found and that proved insufficient for
determination. It appeared in the shape of very minute dense deep blue-green
tufts, not more than 30 /x high and composed of very narrow and closely placed
filaments. It may have been a specimen of S. f/it'nnnt!* (Kiitz.) Gom.

Genus LYNGBYA C. Agardh.
31. LYNGBYA AESTUAUII.

Lynglija ccsti/arii (Mertens) Liubm. ; Gomont, oji. cit., xvi. (1802), pp. 127-131, PL III., figs. 1 and 2.

Diam. fil. = 8-15 /JL ; diam. trich. = 7-12 p.

Hal). — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, February 20th, 1904 ; dry ponds, Winter
Quarters, February, 1902.

The sheath was thick, stratified and provided with a rough edge.

FRESHWATER ALGJ3. 27

Var. ANTARCTICA var. nov.
(PI. II., figs. 87-90.)

Fills elongatis, m-tis vel flexuosis, interdum tortuosis; vagiuis hyalinis, plus
minusve tenuibus, levibus, ut vidctur, jetate provecta uon crassis ; tiichomatibua
ferugineis, apice baud vel raro attenuate, truncate, ssepe massa intercellulari inflato
et refringenti interrupts ; cellulis diametro tricbomatis quadruple ad sextuple
brevioribus, cytoplasmate srepe cum granulis magnis, dissepimentis plerumque non
granulatis ; apice tricbomatis interdum capitato, membrana cellulaj apicalis supcrnc
plus minusve distincte incrassata in forma ealyptrse.

Diam. fil. = 8-13 p.; diam. trich. = 7-12 p..

Unit. — Same as tbe type, but tbe variety was considerably more abundant.

At first tbere seemed to be good grounds for establishing tliis variety as a
distinct species, as it differs from the type in several prominent respects, viz.,
tbe thiii character of the sheath, even in older filaments ; the rare attenuation of
the apex of the trichome ; tbe frequent presence of a prominent calyptra and
tbe marked capitate habit of many of the trichonies ; the presence of numerous
biconcave masses of refringent intercellular substance, which generally bulge a little.
None of these characters except the thinness of the sheath and the occurrence of
intercellular masses is, however, constant. The apex of the trichome may be flat
and rounded without any development of a calyptra or even a perceptible thickening
of the outer membrane (fig. 88) ; or the apical cell may have a prominent calyptra
without possessing a capitate character (fig. 89) ; or the apex may be distinctly
capitate with only a slight thickening of the outer membrane (fig. 90) ; or lastly
the apex of the trichome may be more or less markedly attenuated, capitate and
provided with a well-marked calyptra (fig 87). It is obvious that these difteivm
forms of apex connect the variety with the type, a connection which is also
established by the identical width of the trichomes in the two cases and the
extremely flat cells. Should the different types of apex be constant we would
have f. fiffi'i/itiif/t, f. mjiitata, f. xiiiijilf.i', etc., of this variety, but it is possible that
some or all of them are merely stages in development.

The apical cell in the capitate trichomes was always very transparent and devoid
of contents. Occasionally the two end-cells of the trichome showed these characters.
In a few cases the cells near the apex of the trichome exhibited a faint constriction
at tbe dissepiments (fig. 89).

32. LYNGBYA MARTENKIANA.

Lynglya martcnsutna Meuegh., Conspect. Algol, eugunerc, 1^:57, p. 12; Gomout, »/>. cit., xvi. (1892),
p. H:>, PI. III., fig. 17.

Diam. fil. = 8-9 p. ; diam. trich. — G-7 ' 5 p.

Ilttb. — Freshwater pond in ice off Black Island, McMurdo Strait, December
31st, 1902; Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902,

28 F. E. FRITSCH.

33. LYNGBYA ATTENUATA sp. n.

(PI. II., figs. 79-84.)

Filis stratum definitum non formantibus, sed numcrosis ad superficiem stratuum
Phormidii affixis vel repentibus, flexuosis, fragilibus ; vaginis achrois firrnis tenuibus ;
triehomatibus inter cellulas baud constrictis, cellulis tarn longis quam latis vel paulo
brevioribus, cytoplastnate homogeneo dilute seruginco, dissepimentis pellucidis, valde
indistinctis ; apice trichomatis plus minusvc distincte attenuato, plerumque rotun-
dato, interdum paulo capitate, ssepe modice arcuato.

Diam. fil. = 5-G ju, ; diam. trich. = 4 • 8-5 ' 7 /x.

Hab.—Pond in ice off Black Island, McMurdo Strait, December 31st, 1902;
Gap pond, Winter Harbour ; pond among the eskers which border the shore of the
Western mainland, December 2nd, 1902.

The most distinctive character of this species lies in the marked attenuation
of the apex (figs. 79, 80), the terminal cell being sometimes somewhat inflated
and making the trichome capitate (figs. 82, 83) ; as a general rule the attenuated
apex is rounded, but occasionally the terminal cell is more or less pointed (figs.
81, 84). Iodine coloured the filaments a deep yellowish-brown, but left the apical
cell colourless.

L. attenwtta appears to come nearest to L. serugineo-ccerulea (Kiitz.) Gom.,
from which it differs in the following respects : the frequent curvature of the apex
of the trichome ; the rather longer cells ; the homogeneous cell-contents and the
absence of granules at the dissepiments ; the generally marked attenuation of the
end of the trichome, often beginning at some distance from the apex ; the absence
of special thickening of the outer membrane of the apical cell ; the very indistinct
septa. L. cladophorse Tilde n (Minnesota Algae, L, Minneapolis (1910), p. 116,
PI. V., fig. 34) should also be compared.

34. LYNGBYA /ERUGINEO-CCERULEA.

(PI. II., figs. 85-8G.)
Lyngliya nruyineo-caeruka (Kiitz.) Gom., torn, cit., pp. 1-IG-147, PI. IV., figs. 1-3.

Hob. — Abundant in Gap pond, Winter Harbour, on the surface of the
Phormidium-aheets, where it often formed an appreciable stratum.

In some cases the cell-contents were provided with abundant coarse granules
(fig. 85), in others some of the dissepiments were very markedly granulated (fig.
8 5 A). In several of the samples from the Gap pond the filaments of this species
were forming gonidia, a single round gonidium being observed in each cell (fig. 8G).

FRESHWATER ALOJ3. 29

35. LYNGBYA scorn * sp. n.
(PI. II., figs. 91-93.)

Fills augustis, plerumque valde tortuosis, iuterdum subrectis, stratum in superficie
Phormidii formantibus ; vaginis priino tcuuibus hyaliuis, demum modicc ineras.satis
extus rugosis cum particnlis mimcrosis adluurentibus, non lamellatis ; trichomatibus
cum cellula apieali acuta couica, non capitati.s aut attenuates, plerumque modice inter
cellulas constrictis ; cellulis tain lougis quam latis vel paulo longioribus, plerumque
cjtoplasmate homogeueo, dissepimentis indistinctis, sed interdum cum granulis dense
aggregatis in utraque parte dissepimentarum : calyptra uulla.

Diam. ill. = 3 '4-5 fj. ; diam. trich. = 2'G-3 p.

Hab— Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902.

This species should lie compared with /,//)////'//»< kutzingi Schmidle, and its
variety ilixf/iicfit (Xordst.) Lemni. ( = L. Kiilrfilix West). It differs from these forms in
the thickened rugose sheath of older filaments, in the acutely conical apical cell, the
slight constriction between the cells and the occasional granulation of the dissepiments.
The adhesion of small particles to the rough surface of older sheaths is a marked
characteristic, as the bulk of the filaments showed it.

Var. MINOR var. nov. (PI. 11., figs. 9-1-96).

Filis angustioribus, plerumque valde tortuosis ; vaginis tcnuibus hyalinis ;
trichomatibus cum cellula apicali acuta conica, interdum paulo attenuatis, modice inter
cellulas constrictis ; cellulis tarn lougis quam latis vel paulo longioribus, contcntu
homogeneo.

Diam. til. = 2 - 5-2' 7 ju. ; diam. trich. = 1' 5-1 '8 /A.

J/n/i. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, February 20th, L 904 (forming a stratum on
Phormidium).

This variety differs chiefly from the type in its smaller dimensions and in the
apparent absence of thickening of the sheath in older filaments. The cell-contents
were in all cases homogeneous.

36. LYNGBYA LAGEKHKIMI.
(PL II., tigs. 74-78.)

Ly»r/bya Iti'irrlii'iiiiii (Mnb.) (ioiimnt. torn, fit., pp. II 7-1 is, PI. IV.. fi^s. 0, 7 (SpiracoUua
vi^ui, iss'.l, p. :J!L', Tab. in, figs. 1, I').

Diam. fil. = 3-3 '5 \t. ; diam. tridi. = 2-3 /-t.

Jftilt. — Freshwater pond in eskers upon LC6, lialfxvay between Black Island and
Brown Island, January :!rd, 1903.

* This species is named after Captain Scott, C.V.O., the leader of the British National Antarctic Expedition

[and of the British Antarctic Expedition, 1910].

30 F. E. FEITSCH.

This Alga, about the determination of which I am not quite certain, formed a
stratum together with Phormidium angustissimum W. and G. S. West. The filaments
were very densely and irregularly entangled, and many of them showed a complete
spiral coiling of several turns (figs. 74, 75) ; others, however, were merely flexuous
or even straight for a considerable distance, such filaments being on the whole in
the majority. The sheath was prominent, mostly fitting very close, although
occasionally a little off-standing. The cell-contents were pale blue-green and often
vacuolar or provided with scattered granules of moderate size. In no case could a
regular placing of granules with reference to the septa be recognised. Gomont himself,
however, queries this part of the diagnosis of L. lagerheimi, and his figures certainly
fail to show anything of the kind. The cells of the trichomes were generally slightly
longer than broad (fig. 78). The apex of the trichome appears to be rounded and
obtuse.

Genus PHORMIDIUM Kiitz.

37. PHORMIDIUM AUTUMNALE.

(PI. I., figs. 53, 54.)
Phormidium ai/tumnale (Ag.) Gom., tout, fit., pp. 187-1'JO, PI. V., figs. 23, 24.

Diam. trich. = 3 • 8-4 • 5 p ; long. cell. = 3 • 8 ju,.

Ilab. — Freshwater pond, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902.

The cells were sometimes a trifle longer than broad ; the septa were marked by
a prominent double row of granules. The apex of the filament was not always
prominently attenuated (fig. 53), but was markedly capitate, the apical cell being
depressed-conical.

This species was not as abundant in my material as in that examined by
Messrs. West (cf. up. cit., p. 291) ; in the locality above named it, however, evidently
formed extensive pure strata.

38. PHORMIDIUM LAMINOSUM.

Phormuliinii Inminoswn Gomont, Essai do classif. d. Nostoc. homocystces, Jouni. dc Bot., iv. (IS'JO), p. 355 ;
MoiK.gr. Oseill., torn, rit., pp. 167-1 GX, PI. IV., figs. 21, 22.

1 )iam. trich. = 1-1 "5 ju, ; cellulis saepe clongatis (usque ad 5 /A).

Hah. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour.

The cells were frequently much elongated, but apart from that the specimens
ao-reed well with Gomont's description. The inconspicuous septa were generally
provided only with two granules, one on cither side ; according to Gomont there arc
four, but his figures fail to show more than two. The bulk of Phormidium from the
Gap pond appears to belong to this species.

I'UKSinVATER A I/;.*].

3t

39. PHORMIDIUM TEXUE.

Phormidiinn tmue (Mune.uh.) (ium., tmn. fit., p. Hit), PI. IV., figs. 23-2.*).

Diarri. fil. = 1 *5-2 ^.

Hull. — Freshwater pond in ice oft' Black Island, McMnrdo Strait, December 3 1st,
1902 (forming a thin stratum overgrown liy \i.n//if,t,'i,i 1,'m'ttllt:! and species of
Oscillatoria) ; Gap pond, Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903.

The cell-contents were occasionally slightly granular.

40. PHOKMIDIUM FRAGILE.
Phormidium fragile (Mencgh.) Gom., torn, n't., pp. li;:;-ii;4, PI. IV., tigs. 13-1">.

Diani. trich. = 1 • 5-1 • 8 p. ; long. cell. = t ' 5-2 /x.

Iluli. — Freshwater pond in eskers upon ice, half-wa\' between Black and
Brown Islands, January 3rd, 1903; Gap pond, Winter Harbour; growing in and
through ice in pond among the eskers which border the shore (.if the Western mainland,
December 2nd, 1902.

41. PHORMIDIUM FRKUDTM sp. n.
(PI. I., fig. 52.)

Strato, ut videtur, tenui, membranaceo, colore? (ut videtur serugineo); filis
plerumque pins minusve tortuosis et iutricatis, iuterdum parallelis ; vaginis mucosis,
in muco hyaliuo difrlueutibus ; trichomatibus inter cellulas distinete constrictis, saepc
fere moniliformibus, apice non attenuate, cellula apicali rotundata; ccllulis tarn longis
ijuani latis vel ad duplo longioribns, cvtoplasmate dilute serugineo, homogeneo, rare
granulato ; dissepimentis plerumque cum granulo magno distincto ssepe deplanato in
utraijuc parte, intcrdum modo in altera parte, vel sine granulis ; ralyptra nulla.

Diani. trich. = 0'8-l-2^ (interdnm ad I '5ju.).

llali. — 1 kill brick-coloured ice, situated in long level line, as though in situation
of former water-level, four feet above frozen water-course through " Penknife ice,"
Mc.Murdo Bay, September 13th, 1902.

This form, which presumably grows on (lie surface of Ihc ice, was only present
in minute pieces, so that the general colour uf the stratum cannot definitely be staled.
It belongs to Gomont's first section Moniliformia, but differs from all other species of
that section in the frequent presence of granules at the dissepiments ; although
occasionally wanting, the granules were always pre.-enl mi ihc majority of the septa in
each filament. The grannies were generally more or less flattened against the
dissepiments, which gives the trichomes a rather characteristic aspect (cf. the uppermost
filament in fig. 52).

Except for the shortness of the cells and the granulated dissepiments the species
resembles P. angustissimum W. and G. S. West. It also comes close to P. fragile

VOL. VI.

••'

32 F. E. FRITSCH.

(Menegli.) Gom., but apart from other differences, the trichomes arc mure moniliform
than they arc in that species. The longer cells, granulated dissepiments and more
markedly moniliform character distinguish P. frigidum from P. glaciate W. and
G. >S. West (of i. cit., p. 291, 292).

42. PHORMIDIUM ANGUSTLSSIMUM.

•

Phormidium angustissimum W. and G. 8. West, " Wclwitsck's African Freshwater Algae," Journ. Bot.,
1807, pp. 298-2'.tO.

Hal. — Freshwater pond in eskers upon ice, half way between Black and Brown
Islands, January 3rd, 1903 ; freshwater pond in ice off Black Island, McMurdo
Strait, December 31st, 1902.

In the material from the first habitat the septa were very indistinct and
constriction was scarcely obvious. In this latter respect the specimens .were more like
P. trdeasi Gom., which G. S. West (Algse from hot springs, Journ. Bot., 1902, p. 245)
has suggested may be identical with P. angustissimum. In some cases the trichomes
tapered a little at the apex. The material from the second habitat was quite typical.

43. PHORMIDIUM ANTARCTICUM.
(PI. I., tigs. 71-73.)

Phnnnidium ant arc tit um W. and (i. S. West, Rep. Brit. Antarct. Bxpecl., vol. i. (1911), p. 292, PI. XXV.,

figs. 75A-7JG.

Forma trichomatibus modo laxissime spiraliter contortis vel non spiraliter.

Hob. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

The material of this species occurred intermingled with Chlamydomonas
xitlicnwlahi, C. intermedia, etc., i.e. the consorts were in part the same, as in the
material examined by Messrs. West. The filaments agreed in all respects with those
described and figured by the latter authorities, except that they did not shbw the
marked spiral character evident in Messrs. West's figures. They were sometimes
formed into a very lax and irregular spiral, but more commonly a spiral character
was not obvious at all, the filaments being almost straight or curved or looped in
various ways.

The diffluent sheaths of the filaments were rarely visible, but were often indirectly
rendered obvious by the marked adhesion of foreign matter (in the shape of minute
particles) to the surface of the filaments. The transverse walls were very indistinct in
unstained material, but after staining with methylene blue they appeared as rather
thick transverse bars.

The advisability of referring this form to the genus Phormidium may be
questioned. Except for the diffluent character of the sheaths, it is a Lyngbya, and it
might prove better to confine the limits of the former genus to such forms as consist
of sheets of agglutinated filaments.

FRESHWATER ALG^. :13

Genus OSCILLATORIA Vaucher.

44. OSCILLATORIA PROBOSCIDEA.
Osdllatoria proloscitlea Gom., torn, cit., p. 209, PI. VI., figs. 10, 11.

Diam. trich. = 1 2 fj..

I full. — Freshwater pond in ice off Black Island, McMurdo Strait, December 31st,
1902.

Isolated filaments, very similar to Gomont's fig. 11.

45. OSCILLATORIA SUBPROBOSCIDEA.

(PI. I., fig. G6.)
OsciUatoria subprobosrklea W. and G. S. West, op. cit.. p. 293, PI. XXV., figs. !U-'.U.

Hah. — Freshwater pond among eskers, four miles north of Black Island, upon
ice, McMurdo Strait, September 12th, 1902; very rare.

46. OSCILLATORIA IRRICI A.

Osdllatoria irrii/ua Kiitz., Phyc. gen. (1843), p. 189 ; Pbycol. Germ., 1845, p. 1GO ; Gomont, torn, cit.,
pp. 21X-219, PI. VI., figs. 22, 23.

Diam. trich. = 7-8 /u..

Ifal>. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903.

•
47. OSCILLATORIA SIMPLICISSIMA.

V<n: ANTARCTICA var. n.
(Plate I., figs. GO-G4.)

Oscillaloriit xiini>lifixxiiiut (iom., tain, ri/., p. iM'.i, PI. VII., fig/. 1 (0. tennis f. ceruginosa Sauter in Ral'cii-
horst, Alg., 1K74, No. 23*3).

Triehomatibua stupe valde elongatis, tlexilibus, plerumque flexuosis, inter cellulas
IK Hi coustrictis, massa iutcrcellulari itiHuto ct refringenti interruptis, apice recto neque
attenuato nequc capitate ; cellula apicali supernc hemisphterica ; protoplasmate
hoiuoo-eneo vel subgranuloso.

o o

Diam. trich. = 8 p ; long. cell. = 2-3 /x.

//(///. — Freshwater pond in ice off' Black Island, MrMurdo Strait, December 31st,
1902 (on surface of a sheet of Phormidium angustissimum) ; pond among the eskers
which border the shore of the Western Mainland, December 2nd, 1902.

The specimens differed from those described by Gomont in two important respects,
viz., their highly fiexuou.s character and the abundant occurrence of inflated bi-concavc
intercellular masses (fig. GO). The apices of the trichomes were perfectly straight and in

L 2

34 F. E. FKITSCH.

no way attenuated ; the apical cell was more or less hemispherical, its outer membrane
being unthickened or barely thickened. The trichomes were frequently overgrown by
filaments of the subjacent Pltormitliuin, which were in part very closely applied to the
Oxcillntnria (fig. G4). Not uncommonly the apices of the trichomes bore a small
cluster of Bacteria (fig. G3).

Apart from these typical specimens of the variety two peculiar forms were
noticed. In the one the apical cell of the trichome is produced into a point (f.
acum'mata, fig. G2), although such cases were very rare. The other form is
characterised by a tendency for the trichomes to coil up into a spiral or for
two parts of a trichome to become twisted spirally around one another, somewhat
as in Sj'iniUitd <litj>l<',r Wolle (f. sj>! rails, cf. fig. Gl).

48. O.SCILLATORIA KOETTLITZI sp. U.
(PI. I., figs. 55-59.)

Trichomatibus rectis vel modice nexuosis, sparsis in superficiem Phormidii repen-
tibus, obscure violaceis, hand vel vix inter cellulas constrictis, 7-9 p crassis ; cellulis
valde deplanatis, longitudine l^-2plo latioribus (long. cell. 3-4 '5 /A), contentu
cum paucis granulis, dissepimentis srepe indistinctis, granulis protoplasmaticis ssepe
magnis et fere confluentibus obductis ; apice recto, non attenuato, plerumque distincte
capitato ; cellula apical i saepe decolorata, sine granulis et plus minusve inflata,
membrana superne interdum modice incrassata.

Hab. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour; dry ponds, Winter Quarters, February,
1902.

This species finds its place in Gomont's section Princijics and is perhaps most
nearly allied to 0. liinosa Ag., from which it differs in its smaller dimensions, in
the capitate habit and in the absence of attenuation. The terminal cell is certainly
a very characteristic feature ; in many of the trichomes it is prominently inflated
and quite devoid of contents, its membrane, however, being little if at all thickened
(figs. 55, 57, 58). The septa arc generally completely obscured by often coarse
protoplasmic granules, which mostly form a dense double row on either side of
the septum, although in some few cases there was but a single row of granules
(fig. 57).

49. OSCILLATORIA TENUIS.

Oscillatoria tennis Agardli, Alg. Decades, ii. (1813), p. 2.~> ; Gomont, torn, n/., pp. 220-221, PI. YIL, figs.
2 and 3.

Diam. trich. = G-7 p..

Hab. — Pond in eskcrs along shore of Western land, December 14th, 1902 ;
pond in eskers upon ice, half-way between Black and Brown Islands, January 3rd,
1903 ; pond in ice, off' Black Island, McMurdo Strait, December 31st, 1902.

FRESHWATER ALG/E.

There was occasionally very little constriction between the cells. Some of the
filaments bore apical bacterial dusters.

f>0. OsriLI.ATORIA FORMOSA.
OsciUtituriti I'liniiosa Bory, Diet, class, d'hist. nat., xii. (18i>7), p. ITt; Gomont, torn, fit., pp. 280-281,

PI. vii., fig. ic.

Diam. trirh. = 5 p.

Jlnli. — Damp spot, summit of Cape Aclare, January 9th, 1902.

This form occurred in tufts attached to the surface of Pra*!<>ln rri.-jm. The
trichomes showed no indication of constriction at the dissepiments, but ({oinont's
figure also shows nothing of the kind. Although many of the trichomes were
tapering and hooked, others in the same tuft were straight at the apex, not tapering
and obtuse. The trichomes often exhibited a slight terebriform character (cf. ( >.
Borgc, Algen aus Argentina und Bolivia, Arkiv f. Botauik, VI., No. 4 (190G), p. 11).

51. OSCILLATORIA PRODUCTA.

(PL I., fig. 65.)
Oscillatoria produc'a W. and G. S. West, n/>. a'/., p. i'94, PL XXV., tigs. SC-iin.

Jfn'i. — Freshwater pond among eskers, four miles north of Black Island, upon
ice, McMurdo Strait, September 12th, 1902.

Only a few trichomes of this species were seen. They were quite straight
with a straight tip, which was rather longer than shown in any of Messrs. West'-
figures (cf. fig. G5). The cell-contents were highly granular.

52. OSCILLATORIA BREVIS.

OscHlaturia breris Kiitz., Phyc. gen. (1843), p. 18(5 ; Gomont, torn, cif., pp. 22<)-:?.0,<i. PL VII., figs. 1 1. i:,.

Diam. trich. = 4-7 /* ; cellulis diametro -i-'plo lougioribus.

Iltili. — Freshwater pond among eskers, four miles north of Black Island, upon
ice, McMurdo Strait, September 12th, 1902 ; pond among eskers, bordering shore
of Western Mainland, December 2nd, 1902.

The trichomes were frequently interrupted by inflated masses of intercellular
sul istauce.

53. OSCILLATORIA DEFLRXA.

Oscillatoria ni'jli'.ni \\ . ;md G. S. West, Oj>. fit., ]>. i".):», PI. XXV.. ligs. ll.J-!)7.

Jlufi. — Freshwater pond in ice, off Black Island. McMurdo Si rait, December
31st, 1902 (Moating among N«tlul<u-in l,<>i'ttlit:i and <)xcill<it»i-i<i

36 F. E. FRITSCH.

RIVULAEIACE^.

Genus CALOTHRIX Agardh.

54. CALOTHRIX ANTARCTICA sp. n.

(PI. III., figs. 161-163.)

Fills solitariis vel sparse congregatis, flexuosis, usque ad 300 /^ lougis, in stratu
Phormidii fragiUs nidulantibus ; vaginis crassis, flavescentibus, indistincte lamellatis,
non ocreatis, spatio parvo a trichomatibus sejunctis, ssepe apice diffluentibus ; hetero-
cystis basilaribus, solitariis vel rare duabus, plerumque non in vaginis inclusis, ellipticis
vel plerumque deplanatis membrana crassa et contentu homogeneo, ssepe effetis ;
trichomatibus paulatim apicem versus attenuatis, ut videtur uon in pilum productis,
interdum pseudo-ramosis, inter cellulas plus minusve constrictis, dissepimentis indis-
tinctis, ssepe granulatis ; cellulis ad basini tricliomatis modice deplanatis, sursum
paulo longioribus quam latis, cytoplasmate cum paucis granulis magnis.

Diam. fil. ad bas. = 10-15 /x; diam. tricb. ad bas. = 6-8 /j. ; diam. fil. in media
parte = 8-1 3 /A; diam. trich. in media parte = 5-6 /A ; diam. heterocyst. = W/JL; crass,
parietis vaginae = 2 p..

Hal, — Freshwater pond in cskers upon ice, half-way between Black and
Brown Islands, January 3rd, 1903.

This species was relatively rare, but very distinct owing to the yellow colouration
of the sheath ; this is thick, faintly stratified and diffluent at the apex. It does not
appear that the trichomes terminate in a hair, although I do not feel sure on this
point. The trichomes showed no constriction at the base, but in the upper portions
frequently appeared almost moniliform (fig. 1G2). The granulation of the dissepiments
(figs. 161, 163) is not a common feature in the genus.

C. antarctica appears to be rather closely allied to C. fuxca (Kiitz.) Bornet et
Flahault, but the latter differs in the bulbous inflation of the base of the filaments,
the colourless gelatinous sheaths, the short cells and probably in the production of
the trichomes into a long hair. The characters of the sheath also serve to distinguish
this species from C. n<tndric<'iisis (Nordst.) Sclmiidle.

55. CALOTHRIX INTRICATA sp. n.
(PI. III., figs. 158-1 GO.)

Filis in stratu parvo membranaceo dispositis dense flexuoso-contortis et intricatis
vel subsolitariis, subbrevibus, ut videtur usque ad 300 fj. longis, ad superficiem
Phormidii affixis ; vaginis tcnuibus, distiuctis, achrois, nou ocreatis, plerumque arctis, in
basi interdum paulo inflatis ; heterocystis basilaribus, singulis vel pluribus, plerumque
in vagiuis inclusis, plus minusve heinisphtericis vel deplanatis, conteutu interdum

FRESHWATER ALG.E.

•j i •

trichomatibus gradatim attenuatis, sed non in pilum productis, non

pseudo-ramosis, inter cellulas vix constrietis, dissepimentis distinrtis ; cclluli.s ad
basin trichomatis tain longis (jiiain latis vel modicc dcplauatis, sursum diamctru ad
duplo longioribus, coiitcntu serugineo granuloso.

Diam. HI. ad bas. = 8-9 yu, ; diain. trieh. ad bas. = 5-C> IJL ; diam. trich. in media
partc = 4-5 /z ; diam. hcterocyst. = 5-6 /A ; crass, parietis vagiuac = '8 p..

Hull. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour.

The filaments are curved and intertwined to such an extent as to make it almost
impossible to follow one from end to end (fig. 15^). In places these densely
entangled filaments form a thin stratum completely hiding the underlying Phormidium,
but at other points they are much more loosely arranged. The base of the sheath is
often a little inflated, and in this ease there is a rapid narrowing of the filament just
above the base ; beyond that point, however, the attenuation is very gradual, and the
termination of the filament is only slightly narrower than it is just above the inflated
base (figs. 159, 1GO). The terminal cell of the trie-home appears to be more or less
pointed and acute (figs. 159, 1GO).

This species bears considerable resemblance to the Cnlothrix sp., described and
figured by Messrs. West ("/'• Clf-, P- 298, PI. XXV., figs. 55-57), which they regard as
probably being a new species of the genus ; but there arc some important differences—
vix. the subtorulose cells (which are quite different to those of C. intricata), and the •
obtuse terminal cell of the trichomes. Possibly Messrs. West's specimens are a variety
of C. intricata. The genus Calothrix is, however, evidently well represented in the
Antarctic with a considerable number of new forms.

There is some resemblance between C. intrifntn and (.'. epiphytica W. and
(i. S. ^'est, but, apart from the somewhat larger dimensions, the former differs in.
the fact that the trichomes do not taper into a hair and in the highly tortuous
character of the filaments.

56. CALOTHRIX GRACILIS, sp. u.

(PL III., figs. 164-17-2.)

Filis rectis vel sa-pc modice fiexuosis, solitariis vel subgregariis, usque ad 400 fj.
longis, in superficie Phormidii repentibus, rare pseudo-ramosis ; vaginis tenuissimis,
hyalinis, an-tis, basin intcrdum iuHatis ; hetcrocystis basilaribus, et in filis lougioribus
ctiain intcrcalaribus, plerumque solitariis, in vaginis iuclusis, dcplanatis, hemisphsericis
vel rarius obconicis, membraua modice incrassata couteutu homogeneo ; trichomatibus
non in pilum productis, plerumque gradatim attenuatis, sed ubi basis vagina) iuflata est
subito attenuatis paultim supra basim, cellula apicali aruta ; trichomatibus in partc
basali inter cellulas modice constrictis : eellulis inferne ssepe paulo deplanatis
(prsesertim ubi basis fili infiata est), in media parte ct superne diametro circa l|plo
longioribus, contentn cum pain-is granulis ; sporis (an maturis '.} binis (semper?),
cylindricis, diametro l|-2plo lougioribus, membrana levi.

us*

38 F. E. FRITSt'H.

Diam. til. ad bas. = G p (fil. inflat. 9-1 0 /*) ; diam. trich. ad bas. = 5 /A (trich.
inflat. S-9 yu.) ; diam. fil. iu media parte = 3 ' 5 /A ; diam. tricli. in media parte = 3 \L ',
diam. hcterocyst. = 5 '5 /A; diam. spov. = 5 ^ ; long. spor. = 8-9 /A.

//(^. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, January 12th, 1904.

The often much elongated and rather narrow filaments of this species present a
very graceful appearance under the microscope. In many cases there is quite a
gradual attenuation from base to apex (figs. 165, 172), buc occasional filaments show
a prominent inflation of the base, as seen in fig. 166. False branching of the filaments
is rare (fig. 164). The heterocysts are slightly wider than the trichomes and are only
rarely found in an intercalary position (figs. 164, 170) ; their shape is remarkably
diverse (figs. 165, 166, 171). Only one filament with spores was seen (fig. 168), and
it is hardly likely that they were mature.

The species comes near to C. sandvicensis (Nordst.) Schrnidle ( = Lophopodium
sandvicense Nordst.), a form which has as yet only been found iu the Southern
Hemisphere. C. g me His differs from it in the different shape of the spores, in the
absence of a hair-like termination to the trichome, in the simple sheath, and the diverse
shape of the heterocysts. It also resembles C. cart Hag inea G. S. West, superficially,
but this species has no heterocysts and its trichomes are attenuated into hairs.

SCYTONEMATACE^E.

Genus TOLYPOTHRIX Kiitz.
57. TOLYPOTHRIX CONRLUTINATA.

(PL III., figs. 145, 146.)

Tvlyimtlii-if ciiiir/liiti/ifftri Bovzi, Note alia Morf. e Biol. d. Alghu Ficucrom., Nuov. Gioru. hnt. Ital., xi.
(187'.)), p. 371 ; Bornet et Flahault, Rev. d. Nostoc. hcterocyst., Arm. Sci. iiat., Bot., 7 scr., v. (18*7),
p. 125.

Diam. fil. = 16-1 8 /A; diam. trich. = 8-9 /A ; crass, parictis vagina; = usque
ad 5 /A.

Hull. — Freshwater pond, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902.

Unfortunately only a single specimen of this form was found, but that was fairly
convincing. It formed an intricate mass of numerous branches, to which fig. 145 does
no degree of justice, but it was impossible to figure the confused tangle in its entirety.
The false branches were very numerous and followed closely upon one another.
They were superposed to such an extent as to make their course very difficult to
follow ; in many cases they were sharply incurved and more or less agglutinated with
the main filament and other branches. The filaments had very thick sheaths (up to
5 ju. iu thickness) with a rough edge, the sheaths being hyaline and not stratified
(fig. 146). The cells of the trichomes were very flat (often 3-4 times as broad as long)
with somewhat granular septa, the trichomes being slightly constricted between the

FRESHWATER ALG/K. 39

cells. The heterocysts were single and mostly almost spherical. The only poiut in
the published descriptions of the species that could not lie verified is the irregular
widening of the sheaths and their occasional constriction (" vaginis irregulariter
ampliatis hie et illic constrictis "). The dimensions agree well.

As far as I am aware this species has hitherto only been observed on wet rocks
in Italy, by Borzi.

NOSTOCACE.E.
Genus Nosxoc Vaucher.

58. NOSTOC DISCIFORME sp. 11.

(PL III., figs. 123-131.)

Thallo pallidr a.Tiiginco, pellucido, deplanato, adnato vcl poslea libere natantc,
forma disci tennis ovalis vcl circularis cum inargine levi ct regular! , 11011 confluentis ct
diametro usque ad 4 mm. ; trichomatibus plus minus ve laxe iutricatis, valdc tortuosis,
vaginis arctis, hyalinis ct modicc inter cellulas constrictis, saepe dcficientibus ; cellulis
parvis, plerumquc globosis, rarius paulo deplanatis et doliformibus, rarissime ellipsoidcis,
remotis ; hcterocystis globosis aut deplanatis aut doliformibus, singulis vcl biuis vel
interdum pluribus congregatis, membrana modicc iucrassata ct contentu distincto,
diametro trichomati-s circiter duplo latioribus ; sporis dcpresso-globosis vel rarius
globosis, confertis, in catenis dispositis, membrana levi et contentu paulo granuloso;
thallus peridermate distincto, mucoso, tenui, scd modicc tcuaci, circumdatos est ; thalli
juvenales circulares sunt.

Diam. cell. veg. = 2 • 5-3 ' 5 /A ; diam. hetcrocyst. = 5-G ' 5 p. ; diam. spur. — 3 ' 5-4 p.
(an maturac ''.) ; diam. vagina: = 6-7 /x.

J 'fab. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour ; on ice, four feet above frozen watercourse,
through "Penknife" ice, McMurdo Bay, September 13th, 1902.

This characteristic form was very abundant on the PAormidium-aheete from the
Gap pond, on which it forms small oval or circular transparent discs (fig. 12G), which
may, apparently, later become detached, and exist in a free-floating condition. These
discs are of all possible sizes, but I have seen none that exceeded 4 mm. in diameter.
Numerous young colonies were observed and were found to be circular from the very
first (figs. 123-125) ; the delicate but rather firm investment is immediately developed.
In the mature thallus the much contorted trichomes (figs. 127, 128, 130) are loosely
entangled (fig. 131). In rather rare cases a close-fitting mucilage-sheath could be
discerned around the trichome (fig. 130). The heterocysts are nearly double the width
of the vegetative cells and of rather varied shape (figs. 128, 130); most commonly
they are single or in pairs. The ordinarily subglobosc spores are formed in long
chains (figs. 127, 129).

For a discussion of the position of this species, see under A . longstoffi sp. n.

VOL. VI. M

40 F. E. FRITSCH.

5'J. NOSTOO LONGSTAFFI,* sp. 11.

(PL III., figs. 132-137.)

Thallo laste cerugiueo, impellucido, primo acluato, demum lil>cre nataute, forma
disci tenuis ovalis vcl circularia cum margiue moclice irregulari, non conflueutis,
diametro usque ad 12 mm. ; tricliomatibus dense intricatis, valde tortuosis, ssepe cum
vagiuis distinctis amplis hyalinis margiue incrassata et inter cellulas constrictis ;
cellulis parvis, plerumque globosis vel interdum ellipsoideis (deplanatis doliformibus
post divisionem), plerumque remotis, contentu homogeneo Isete gerugiueo ; heterocystis
plus miuusve globosis, solitariis, diametro trichomatis circiter duplo latioribus, mem-
braua incrassata et contentu homogeneo ; sporis globosis, membrana levi, confertis,
in catenis longis dispositis ; thallus peridermate tenui, paulo lamellate, et firmo (multo
firmiore quam in N. disciformi) circumdatus est ; tballi juveuales elongati sunt.

Diam. cell. veg. = 3-4 \i. ; diam. beterocyst. = 5-G ^ ; diam. spor. = 5 fj. ; diam.
vaginae = 10-12 /A.

Hal>. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour; freshwater pond in ice off Black Island,
McMurdo Strait, December 31st, 1902 ; dry ponds, Winter Quarters, February, 1902.

This species has a great superficial resemblance to N. disc/forme (cf. fig. 132), but
there are important differences. The filaments are much more densely intertwined
than in that species (fig. 137), and as a result the whole thallus acquires a coarser,
opaque appearance, very different from that of the delicate transparent thalli of
N. disc/forme (cf. figs. 137 and 131, which show the thalli of the two species, magnified
to the same extent). The envelope of the whole colony is also much coarser and firmer
than the gelatinous investment of iV. disciforme. These differences are sufficient to
enable one to distinguish between the thalli of the two species with the naked eye.

The trichomes are very similar in the two species, but in N. lon</*taffi, a wide
mucilage-sheath is commonly found enveloping the individual trichomes (fig. 136).
This sheath is far more distinct than that occasionally found in X. dixcifoniic ; it
has a thickened outer edge and is often obviously constricted between the cells. The
spores are absolutely spherical (fig. 135) and often form long chains, which were
abundant on the surface of the Phormidium-sheete in several of the samples, being
quite free from the colonies.

The young colonies appear to be quite different from those of Ar. dixcifurme.
Those which I have seen were elongated (figs. 133, 134) with a heterocyst at one or
both ends and the contained trichome was already closely wound. I have not been
able to follow their further development.

The two species of Nostuc above described obviously belong toBornet and Flahault's
section Cuticularia (see Ann. Sci. nat., Bot., 7 se'r., VII. (1888), p. 183). iY. disciforme
comes nearest to N. maeuliforme Bornet et Flahault, but it differs from it in the

* Named after Mr. Longstaff, whose generous contribution rendered the expedition possible.

FRESHWATER ALG.E. 41

following respects : the very regular oval or circular shape of the thallus, the invariably
loose arrangement of the tricbomes, the narrow .sheaths, the rather wider trichomrs
and in the spores. Unfortunately the authors give no details as to shape or si/c of
the heterocysts.

\. longstaffi. appears more nearly related to N. cufic/ilun' (Breb.) Born, et Flah.,
but there are striking differences, viz., the non-confluent thalli and the heteror\ -is.
which are nearly double the size of the vegetative cells.

Boruet and Flahault's key to the species of this section may therefore be slightly
modified as follows :— •

•

Si-i'f. 1. — Planta; aquatica?, maculiformcs, adnata? vel postea liberc natantes, ambitu

cruscentes ; fila laxe vel arete contorta CUTKTLAIUA.

(a) Trichomata 3-4 /j. crassa, dense contorto-flexuosissima ; spone sphsericiL1.
Heterocystaj eadcm forma et magnitmline nt articuli vegetativi vul

paulo crassiores ; sponc sphscricse X-l(i ^ crassie X. rntii-nl<tr>'.

Heterocystaj diametro articuli vegetativi ca. duplo latiores ; sporre

sphrericae, 5/t crassie .V. hnt/stupi, sp. n.

(//) Trichomata i' • «">-4 p. crassa, laxiora ; sporie sphaerica) vel di-presso-

glubosa?, in longas catenas seriats.
Trichomata 3'5-4/x. crassa; sponc spbwrica1 sre]iius 0/z crassai, in

longas catenas seriatre ; lieterocystse ? j\T. ni,tnilifnnnc.

Trichomata 2 • u-3 • 5 ft, crassa ; sporaj depresso-globosaa vel rarius
globosa?, in catenis dispositis ; beterocystfe diametro articuli
vegetativi ca. dnplo latiores N. itiscifonne, sp. n.

60. NOSTOC HEDERUL.E.

Nostoi- /fi'i/n-i/lif Menegbini ; Bornet et Flah., o/i. eit., vii. (isss), pp. 189-1 '.li'i (X. pnnc1if«nnp (_Kutz.) ;
Ilariot, Journ. de Bot., v. (1891), p. 2!i).

Hub. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour (on Phonniiliuin).

JMiuutc colonies of very diverse shapes with very densely crowded filaments of
more or less spherical cells.

r>i. NOSTOC FuscEscExs sp. n.
(PI. III., figs. 1:38-144.)

Thallo ab initio globoso, primo adnato(?), postea libcre nataute, rtavo-fuscescnit i.
fusco vel nigro-fuscescenti, aetate provecta plus minusve c-avo et iuterdum lacerato,
diametro usque ad 10 mm., peridermate tenui levi mucoso facile lacerato circumdato ;
trichomatibus laxe iutricatis, srepe valde coutortis, interdum parallelis ; vagiuis in thallis
parvis et in partibus exterioribus thalhirum seuiorum distinctis, lamellatia, plerumque
in duas regiones disjuuctis, regione exteriorc diffluenti liyalina vel dilute flavo-
fuscescenti plus minusve inter cellulas coustricta, regione iuteriore densiore distincte
delimitata fusca vel nigro-fuscescenti e.t inter cellulas valde constricta (saspe simill
septationis), in partibus interioribus thallorum seniorum ssepc dilute tlavo-

M -

42 F. E. FRITSCH.

fuscescentibus vel hyalinis, non lamellatis ; cellulis parvis, globosis vel interdum
doliformibuSj arete vel laxe dispositis, contentu dilute serugineo, paulo granuloso ;
heterocystis plerumque non in vaginis inclusis, globosis aut interdum modice elongatis,
ctiam cllipticis finibus paulo acutis, diametro artictili vcgetativi circitcr duplo latioribus,
plerumque singulis ; sporis ignotis.

Diam. cell. veg. = 3-4 p. ; diam. heterocyst. = 5-7 fj- ; long, heterocyst. = G-7 ' 5 /n.

Hal. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour.

This characteristic species was very obvious, owing to the dark colour of even
relatively small colonies. The latter were often completely spherical (fig. 139),
although young colonies of an elongated shape were not uncommon (figs. 143, 144) ;
in the older colonies, owing to the central part becoming hollow, the thallus often
appears flattened and may even become torn open and rather irregular. As no spores
were observed, it is conceivable that the thallus may attain even larger dimensions
than those given in the diagnosis.

The most striking feature lies in the highly developed sheaths of the trichomes
(figs. 140-142). They are excellently developed in the young colonies, but are
generally quite distinct also in the outer parts of the older colonies. The sheaths are
sharply differentiated into two regions, an outer one, which is diffluent and hyaline or
pale yellowish-brown, and an inner one, which is denser, sharply demarcated from the
outer and of a brown or deep blackish-brown colour. This inner sheath shows very
obvious constriction between the cells, often amounting to complete septa tion (figs. 139,
141, 142). In the inner parts of older colonies there is no differentiation in the
sheath.

Although no spores were observed, young stages of this species were not
uncommon. They consist of a rather dense tangle of filaments, already provided with
well-marked brown sheaths (figs. 139, 144). Quite small colonies already possess
an investment.

L. Gain has recently ("Deux cspeces nouvelles de Nostoc provenant-de la region
autarctique sud-americain," Comptes Rendus, clii. (1911), pp. 1G93-4) described a new
species of Noxtoc under the name of N. pachydermaticum>, based on a single specimen.
It is possible that N. fuscescens is identical with Gain's species, but there are certain
striking differences. Thus Gain speaks of "articulis ellipticis, 2 '5-3 //, crassis,
4-5 [L longis," whereas the cells of N. fuscescens are nearly or quite spherical ; the
sheaths are described as " amplis, mesentericis, fuscescentibus, 13-16/u. crassis," but
there is no mention of their characteristic differentiation which, as Gain evidently had
a very small colony before him, would have been very obvious. For these reasons I
scarcely think that the two forms can be identical, and have preferred to describe the
specimens from the Gap pond as a distinct, species.

A*, fuscescens will probably find its place in Bornet and Flahault's fourth section
Intricata, most of the species of which are spherical at first and have coloured sheaths,
although none show the striking differentiation characteristic of the Antarctic species.

FRESHWATER ALOJE.

43

The sheaths somewhat resemble those of A", ••ommune. The species is also somewhat
like N. spheericuni Vauch., but differs in the lax arrangement of the trirhomes, and the
presence of distinct sheath.0..

02. ?NosTor

Nostoc spJue-rifum Vancber, Hist. d. C'onfevv. d'eau douce (18o:-5), p. 22:1, Tab. XVI., fig. 2 ; Bovnet ct
Flabault, tout, cit., pp. 208-209.

Diam. cell. veg. = 3-4 /A ; diam. hetcrocyst. = 5'5-G/j..

link — Freshwater pond in eskers upon ice, half-way between Black and Brown
Islands, January 3rd, 1903.

This form appeared as small colonies loosely attached to the surface of the
( Yanophy ceous sheets, or free-floating; the colonies were spherical or ellipsoidal (or
slightly irregular as a result of mutual pressure) and up to 300 p, in diameter. Some
of the colonies were yellowish or brownish, the colour apparently being due to the
general mucilage. At many points large numbers of these small (and probably
young) colonies were densely aggregated. The trichomes were rather loosely inter-
woven, the only respect in which the specimens differed from the published descriptions
of the species. No spores were seen.

Tt seems possible that iV. l>orin'ti Gain («/>. cit., pp. 1091-3) is a form
of this species.

63. NOSTOC COMMUNE.

Nostoc commune Vauch., oji. cit., p. 222, Tab. XVI., fig. 1 ; Bornct ct Flaliault, op. cit., pp. 203-207.

Diam. trich. = 4 • 5-5 p. ; diam. heterocyst. = 6-7 /x.

Hal. — Dry ponds, AVinter Quarters, February, 1902 ; damp spots, Granite
Harbour, New Bay, January 20th, 1902.

The thalli were irregularly folded, flat, membrauaceous, and of a bright bluc-
green, olive or olive-brown colour. In parts of the colonies the flexuous filaments
were densely aggregated. At some points pale brown sheaths were very conspicuous
around the individual trichomes, being more or less constricted between the cells.
In the bulk of the filaments the cells were nearly spherical or barrel-shaped, but at
some points more elliptical. The heterocysts were also in rare cases somewhat
elliptical in outline. Young stages were also present.

•

Genus ANAB.ENA Bory.

G4. ANAP..ENA ANTARCTICA sp. n.

(PI. II., figs. 118-120.)

Filis ssepe remotis, stratum defmituni non fonnantibus, subrectis vel modice
Hexuosis, in superficie Phorwidii epiphytis ; vagiuis arctis, ssepe inconspicuis ; eelltilis
parvis globosis vel ovalibus, diametro l-2plo longioribus ; hcterocystis globosis vel

•V *

44 F. E. FRITSCH.

doliformibus, singulis, contentu exiguo, diametro eellularum sequalibus ; sporis in
catenis dispositis, plerumque ah heterocystis remotis, cylindricis, interdum leniter
curvatis, diametro 4-8plo lougioribus, finibus rotuudatis vel modice acutis, cyto
plasma te cum granulis numerosis, membrana tenui levi.

Diam. cell. veg. = 5 • 5-7 /A ; diam. heterocyst. = 5 • 5-7 ' 5 /j, ; lat. spor. = 7 • 5-9 /x ;
long. spor. = (19)-48-58/i.

Hah. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, February 20th, 1904.

This species belongs to the section Dolichospermum and appears to be most
nearly allied to A. ca/emd<i (Kiitz.) Born, et Flah. It differs from the latter in
being epiphytic, in the occasional presence of a narrow sheath, in the frequently
oval shape of the vegetative cells (fig. 118), and especially in the spores. The
latter do not show the faint constriction characteristic of A. catenula, and are
longer and narrower (figs. 118-120) ; the ends are also different. The spores of
A. catenula var. americana Collins, are somewhat more like those of A. antarctiea,
but there are still appreciable differences, as the spores of the latter cannot be
described as strictly cylindrical.

Genus NODULARIA Mertens.

05. NODULARIA SPDMIGENA.

\'«r. MINOR var. nov.
(PI. II., figs. 104-108.)

Nodularia spumigena Mertens, in Jiirgens. Alg. Aquat. xv. (1822), No. 4; Bornet et Flahault, torn, cit.,
pp. 245-24(5.

Filis solitariis, subrectis vel varie flexuosis, elongatis, finibus non attenuatis ;
vaginis tenuissimis, hyalinis, arctis, ssepe evauescentibus ; trichomatibus leniter
torulosis ; cellulis planis plerumque longitudiue duplo ad triplo latioribus, membrana
tenui hyalina, contentu granulis ssepe inagnis repleto ; heterocystis transverso-
ovalibus vel deplanatis, plerumque solitariis, sed interdum 2- vel 3-seriatis, paulo
latioribus quam cellulis vegetativis, membrana modice incrassata, contentu aerugineo
homogeneo ; sporis ?

Diam. cell. veg. =5-5 '5 /A; long. cell. veg. = 2 -5-3 '5 /A; diam. heterocyst, =

6-5-7 /A.

.— Gap pond, Winter Harbour, February 20th, 1904 (epiphytic on Plmr-

; dry ponds, Winter Quarters, February, 1902.
This form differs from var. genuiim Born, et Flah., of N. xpumiyena Mertens,
chiefly in its smaller dimensions ; the trichomes are, however, not nearly as torulose
as those of the type, and the thin sheath is highly diffluent, being often wanting.
The heterocysts of the Antarctic variety agree very closely with those of var.

FRESHWATER ALC.K. 45

i (Kiit/c.) Born, ct Fliili. (figured Ity Bornct ct Thurct, Notes algologiques,
tab. XXIX.), the dimensions of which arc, however, much greater.

There is also some resemblance to A', linn-ri/unn (Thwaites) ThurH, hut the
filaments of the Antarctic form do not taper at the ends, and the cells arc much
flatter.

6G. NODULARIA QUADRATA sp. 11.

(PI. II., figs. 10'J-llo.)

Filis in stratum laxum dispositis, .si-pr elongatis et modice flexuosis, interdum

subrectis et parallelis, finibus vix attcnuatis, eellula apieali rotundata vel plus miuusve
ronica membrana ssepe modice incrassata; vaginis tenuibus, hyalinis, plcrumque
distinctis; cellulis deplanatis, lougitudiue 2-3plo latioribus, confertis, contentu Isete
aerugineo plus minusve granuloso ; trichomatibua modice torulosis ; heterocystis
singulis, raro binis, quadratis, plerumque tarn longis quani latis vel interdum paulo
loogioribus, rare modice deplanatis, diametro cellulis vegetativis paulo latioribus,
membrana incrassata, contentu hute icrugineo homogeneo ; sporis subglobosis, paulo
longis quam latis, membrana levi, contentu granuloso.

Diam. cell. veg. = 3-4 p. ; diam. vag. = 5-G p. ; iliam. heterocyst. = 5-G p. ;
diam. spor. = 7 p. ; long. spor. = 8/1.

Hub. — Freshwater pond in eskers upon ice, halfway between Black and Brown
islands, January 3rd, 11)03 ; pond in ice off Black island, McMurdo Strait,
December 3fst, t902 ; growing in and through ice in pond among the eskers which
border the shore of the Western Mainland, December 2nd, l'J02.

The most striking characteristic of this species are the square heterocysts, which
are unusual in the genus (figs. 109-1 1 1). As the figures show, the heterocyst is square
or even slightly longer than broad (figs. 109-110), even in filaments in which the
vegetative cells arc prominently flattened. The apices of the filaments are not
attenuated, but the apical cell is frequently long and more or less pointed, often
having an approximately conical shape (figs. 112-114). Unfortunately only one
case of spore-formation was seen, and I do not feel sure that this spore was mature ;
it was spherical with flat end-walls and had a thin membrane and granular contents
(fig. 115).

The species probably stands nearest to N. harveyana (Thwaites) Thurct, but it
differs from it in the non-attenuation of the filaments, in the shape of the heterorvsts
and in the generally flatter cells. The heterocysts somewhat resemble those of
N. tennis G. S. West (" Rep. Freshw. Alg., iucl. Phytoplanktou, of the Third Tanganyika
Expedition, 1904-5," Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot,, xxxvni (1907), pp. 171-172), but this
species differs in its short trichomes, the attenuation of the ends of the latter, and the
square cells ; the dimensions are also less than in Ar. guadrata.

46 F. E. FRITSCH.

BACILLAEIEJE.

COSCINODISCACE^E.

Genus MELOSIRA Ag.

67. MELOSIRA sp.
(PI. III., figs. 148, 149, 149a.)

Diam. cell = 7-9 p. ; long. cell. = 12-13/4.

Hull. — On Phormidium on ice, four feet above frozen watercourse through
"Penknife ice," McMurclo Bay, September 13th, 1902.

I have not been able to come to any satisfactory conclusions about the
determination of this form. It occurred rarely (but then in considerable masses) on
the surface of Phormidium at the above locality, and was always found dead. The
valves were, in most cases, hemispherical, perfectly smooth (i.e. without markings of
any kind), and there was generally a prominent constriction at the point of junction
of the two valves (cf. the figures). Occasionally the line of junction of the valves
showed a punctate structure like a number of minute interlocking teeth (fig. 149^).
Frequently the length of the valve was nearly equal to its breadth (fig. 14(J«), but
sometimes the cells were appreciably longer (fig. 148) than wide.

The frustules were generally isolated, as in the section Pudi>sira of the genus ;
but it does not appear to be related to any of the described species of that section.
It is most like P. nn>nt<i<ini'i Kiitz., a much larger form, which has markings on its
valves. It may well be, however, that the frustules had fallen apart in the dead
material, and that our form belongs to the section La/sigonium,

The characters of the frustules agree fairly well with the descriptions of
M. subftexills Kiitz., given by Rabeuhorst (Fl. Europ. Alg., i. (1864), p. 39) and
Migula (Kryptogamenflora v. Deutschlaud, Deutsch-Osterreich, etc., ii., 1 (1907),
p. 153), but Kiitzing's figure (Bacill. (1844), Tab. 2, fig. xiii.) shows the valves as far
less convex than in the Antarctic form ; there is also practically no constriction and
no indication of teeth at the line of junction of the valves (cf. op. cit., Tab. 2, fig. vi. of
M. ifdlica). Species like J/. lineata (Dillw.) Ag., and M. salina Kiitz., should also be
compared. It is possible that the Antarctic form is a new species, but the material
was too inadequate to enable one to arrive at a definite conclusion on this point.

FRESHWATER AF/i.K. 47

Genus COSCINODISCUS Ehrenb.

68. COSCINODISCUS DECIPIENS.
(PL III., fig. 151.)

Coscinodiscm tln-ipim* ('run., Diat. Franz Josefs Land, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss. Wieu, xlviii. (l.ssl), p. ,x;> ;

Vaii Heurck, Synops. Dial. Belg. (1880-85), PI. XCL, fig. 1".

Diam. valv. = 1 8 p..

Hal. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Aclare, January 9th, 1902 (isolated).

The specimens agreed well with Van Heurck's figure. In the central part of the
valve the punctse are large and widely separated, hut they gradually become smaller
and more densely crowded towards the edge. The margin bears twelve short spines,
symmetrically arranged. The valves are markedly convex.

69. COSCINODISCUS LACUSTRIS.

Coscinodiscus l/trttstris Grun., />/>. fit., p. 3:J, PI. D, fig. 3<M> ; Van Heurck, op. fit., p. -'is, Suppl. PI. C,
fig. 12.

Diam. valv. = 30 p.

Huh. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 (isolated).

70. COSCINODISCUS GRISEUS.

Var. GALLAPAGEXSIS.

Coscinodiscus r/riseus Greville, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. (1*6:!), p. 23i>, Tab. IX., tig. 7 ; vav. //<///</_,«</.'//.</>•
Grun. in Van Heurck, op. fit., PL CXXXIL, fig. 1.

Diam. valv. = 57/x.

Hal. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 (isolated).

Unfortunately only a single specimen of this form was seen, and that was lost
before it was drawn. All attempts to find further specimens proved unsuccessful.
The single valve seen, however, agreed in every respect with Van Heurck's figure, and
I feel convinced that the determination is correct.

Genus CYCLOTELLA Kiitz.

71. CYCLOTELLA OPERCULA.TA.

(Plate III., fig. 150.)

t'ycliildlti H/irn-i/lntti Kiitz., Bacill. (1844), p. :.u, Tali. I., fig. 1 ; V;m Iluurck, 0{>. eil., PI. XCI 1 1., fig. L'I'.

Diam. valv. = 20-38 p.

If<il>.— Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 (isolated).

1 have seen too few specimens of this form to feel sure of its determination.
The central region of the valve was in part quite without markings of any kind, in part
provided with irregular granulation, much as in West's figure (Brit. Fresh w. Alg. (1904),
p. 277, fig. 127, B).

VOL. VI. X

48 F. E. FRITSCH.

FEAGILARIACE^E.

Genus FRAGILARIA Lyngb.

72. FRAGILARIA CURT A.

(PI. III., fig. 147.)

Fragilariu curta Van Heurck, Result, du voyage du S.Y. ' Belgica,' Bot., Diatomees (1'JO'J), p. 24, PI. III.,
fig. 37.

Long. valv. = 19/u,; lat. valv. = G /x.

Hal. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 (isolated).

The specimens agreed in all respects with Van Heurck's description and figure.
The valve is very slightly wider at one end than at the other. The striae are
interrupted in their transverse course by a scarcely perceptible division, the last three
or four at each end being curved.

73. ? FRAGILARIA LINEARIS.

ilaria Uncarts Castracane, ' Chall.' Rep., Diatom. (1886), p. 56, PI. XXV., fig. 12.

Long. valv. = 38 yu, ; lat. valv. = 6 ' 5 p.

llalj. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 (isolated).

74. FRAGILARIA OBLIQUECOSTATA.

Frayilaria obliquecostata Van Heurck, op. n't., p. 25, PL III., fig. 38.

Hal. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 (mostly
only broken valves).

75. FRAGILARIA TENUICOLLIS.

Var. ANTARCTICA.

Fnii/i/aria tenuicoUis Heib., Consp. crit. L)iat. danic. (1863), fig. XIII. ; Rabenliorst, Fl. Europ. Alg., i.

(1*04), p. ll'.>.
Var. (tntarctica AV. and Ci. S. West, oj>. fit., p. i7!i, PI. XXVI., fig. Ii8.

Long. valv. = 37-4G/x; lat. valv. = 3-3 ' 5 p.

llab. — Damp spot, summit of Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902; on ice, four feet
above frozen watercourse through ''Penknife ice," McMurdo Bay, September 13th,
1902; pond in ice off Black Island, McJMurdo Strait, December 31st, 1902.

This form was relatively abundant. Many of the valves were rather longer than
those recorded by Messrs. West.

FRESHWATER ALO.E. 49

TABELLARIACKK.

Genus DENTICTLA Kiitz.

70. DENTICULA TExns.

Var. ANTARCTICA var. nov.

(PI. TIL, figs. 156, 157.)

Dentirula fauns Kiitz., Bacill. (1*11). ]>. ):',, t. 17, fig. vnt. ; Smith, Brit. Diatom., ii. (1 *."•(•), p. L'U.
PL XXXIV., fig. 2!):l.

D. parva valvis late cllipticis apicilms rotuudatis ; costis trausversis validis,
0-7 in 10 /A, in media parte rectis, sed polos versus gradatim plus rainusve curvatis ;
inter binas costas sunt duse series ptmctarum subtilium, circa 0-7 in quaque serie in
media parte valvarum ; polos versus punctae in quaque serie fiunt minus crebrse.

Long. valv. = 18-23//,; lat. valv. = 7-8 p..

Hub. — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902; on ice,
four feet above frozen watercourse through " Penknife ice," McMurdo Bay, September
13th. 1902.

This was a relatively rare form, of which not many specimens were seen.* The
new variety resembles var. frii/iiln ({run. (= D. fri</!<l<i Kiitz.) in some respects,
but in the latter the number of costso is not as great as in var. ant < tret !<•<<, the costtu
are not curved near the poles of the valves, and there are more than two rows of
dots between each pair of ribs. There is also resemblance to var. inj/atn (.-Jrun.
(= D. iitjlufu W. Smith), in which Smith ("]>. tit,, PL XXXIV., fig. 294) figures
many of the costae as curved (<•/., however, Van Ileurck, Synopsis Diat. Belg. (1880-85),
PI. XLIX., figs. 32, 33), but the curvature is different, as the convex surface fa< •••-
towards the poles, whereas in var. tniftirctim it is the concave surface.

In some of the valves the <-<>st;e near the two ends were curved more towards one
side than the other (fig. 150), leading to a certain degree of asymmetry.

* The form hero described bears an appreciable resemblance to the figure olFragilarin /in/m-i-tirn Castracane,
given by Castracane (' Chall.' Rep., Diat. (1886), PL XXV., fig. 12); this figure shows the same characteristic
paired rows of clots between each two ribs, and the general shape of the valve is also the same. The ribs are,
however, much more delicate and are scarcely curved at the ends of the valves. Van Heurck's figure (nj>. dt.,
1909, 1'l. III., fig. 48) shows nothing of the punctulations. Sonif dnnbt may bo Ml :v. to whrther the valve figured
b\ Castracane roall\ belongs to the genus Pi'niiilnrlii.

50 F. E. FRITSCFI.

DIATOMACE^S.

Germs DIATOMA D.C.

77. DIATOMA ELONGATUM.

Var. EHRENBERGI.

(PI. III., figs. 152, 152a.)

Diatoma elongation Ag., Syst. Alg. (1824), p. 24 ; Kiitz., Bacill. (1844), p. 48, t. 17, fig. xvin., 1, 2.
Var. ehrenbergii (Kiitz.) W. Sin., Brit. Diat. ii. (185G), pp. 40-41, PI. XLL, fig. 311 /8 (D. ehrenbergii
Kiitz., Bacill. (1*44), t. 17, fig. xvn., 1-3).

Long. valv. = 26-32 /j..

Hal. — On ice, four feet above frozen watercourse through " Penknife ice,"
McMurdo Bay, September 13th, 1902.

This variety has already been recorded from the Antarctic by Van Heurck (<>]>. c/t.).
The ends of the frustules often appeared somewhat rounded in girdle-view (tig. 152).

ACHNANTHACE^E.
Genus ACHNANTHES Bory.

78. ACHNANTHES UREVIPES.

Var. INTERMEDIA.

Achnantltes breripes Ag., Syst. Alg. (1824), p. 1.

Yar. intermedia (Kiitz.) Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat., ii. (1895), p. 193 (A. subsessilis Kiitz.).

Long. valv. = 30-31 • 5 p. ; lat. valv. = 9-9 • 5 p..

flab. — On Ph/innldium on ice, four feet above frozen watercourse through
"Penknife ice," McMurdo Bay, September 13th, 1902 (rare).

The specimens agreed in all respects with those described and figured by Messrs.
West (op. cit., p. 280, PI. XXVI., figs. 126-127).

NAVICULACE.-K

Genus STAURONEIS Ehrenb.
79. STAURONEIS ANCEPS.

Var. AMPHICEPHALA.

Staiironeis anceps Ehrenb., Yerbr. u. Einfl. d. niikr. Lebens, etc. (1843), p. 134, Tab. II., 1, fig. 18 ;

Smith, Brit. Diat., i. (1*53), p. GO, Tab. XIX., fig. I'.to.
Yar. amplticephala Kiitz., Bacill. (1844), p. 105, Tab. 30, fig. 25.

Long. valv. = 28 /z ; lat. valv. = 8 /A.

Hub. — Freshwater pond, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902 (rare).

FRESHWATER AL<Uv 51

Genus NAVICULA Bory.
80. NAVICULA MUTICOPSIKOUMIS.
Hit/tii-ojisifonni' W. and <J. S. West, u/>. fit., p. i'8K PI. XXVI., fig. 1:11.

Long. valv. = 12 '5 /*; lat. valv. = 5'5/j..

I liitt. — Freshwater pond, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902 (rather rare).

81. NAVICULA SEMIXULI M.

(PI. II., figs. 97, 98.)

Navifula Seminiili.ini (')run., Verlmndl. k.k. zool.-bot. Ges., Wien (18i!o), p. ">.">:>, Tub. II., fig. -2 ; Van
Heurck, Synods. Diat. Bulg. (18,s.i-,s:, ,, p. m;, PI. XIV., fig. !).

Long. valv. = 1G-20/A; lat. valv. = 4'5-5/M.

I lull. — On ice, four feet above fro/en watercourse through " Penknife ice," McMimlo
Bay, September 13th, 1902 ; pond in ice, off Black Island, Mc.Murdo Strait, December
31st, 1902 ; in freshwater ice under boulder, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

The valves of this fairly common form were obviously swollen in the middle, and
very gradually tapered from there towards the two ends, which were occasionally vn-v
faintly capitate. The stria? were in many cases a little further apart in the middle of
the valve than elsewhere, in which respect the specimens approached A7, minium Grim.,
but the shape of the valve in this species is rather different.

82. NAVICULA MUTICOPSIS.

Navicula miittcopsis Van Heurck, Diatomccs, Result, d. voyage du S.Y. ' Btlgira ' (I'.Hi'.i), p. U', PI. II.,
fig. 181.

L<mg. valv. = 13-25 /A; lat, = 7-9 /x.

Ifdfi. — Pond, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 ; on ice, McMunln Bay. Sc-ptembrr
13th, 1902; pond in ice, off Black Island, McMurdo Strait, December 31st, 190-J :
Gap pond, Winter Harbour ; freshwater pond, Granite Harbour ; pond in eskers upon
ice, half-way between Black and Brown Islands, January 3rd, 1903 ; in ice, under
boulder, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

This is certainly one of the most widely distributed of Antarctic Diatoms. Both
of the forms recorded by Messrs. West (<y. fit., pp. 'JS:', L'Sl) were of wide occurrence.

83. NAVICDLA CYMATOPI.KURUS.

(PL II., fig. 101.)

Navirula cymatnphum W. and G. S. West, op. rit., p. :>8:>, PI. XXVI., tigs. 1:1:5. m.
Long. valv. = 24-30 p ; lat, valv. = 4-5 • 5 /i.
llnli. — On ice, four feet above fro/.en watercourse, through " Penknife ice."

52 F. E. FRITSCH.

McMurdo Bay, September 13th, 1902 ; pond in eskers upon ice, half-way between Black
and Brown Islands, January 3rd, 1903 ; pond in ice off Black Island, McMurdo
Strait, December 31st, 1902 ; on ice, under boulder, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

This also is widely distributed. Some of the specimens were rather larger than
those recorded by Messrs. West. The intermediate swellings (i.e., those between the
central one and the subcapitate extremities) are often scarcely perceptible.

84. NAVICULA BOREALIS.
(PI. III., fig. 153.)

NavicuJa boreaUs (Ehrb.) Kutz., Bacill. (1844), p. 90, Tab. 28, figs. f,8 and 72 ; Van Heurck, Synops.
Diat. Belg., p. 7G, PL VI., fig. 3.

Long. valv. = 30 /u. ; lat. valv. = 8 /JL.

IM). — Pond some distance behind hut, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902 ; fresh-
water pond, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902.

This species was not as abundant as in the South Orkneys.

85. NAVICDLA SHACKLETONI.

Navicula shackhtoni W. and G. S. West, op. cit., p. 28<i, PL XXVI., figs. 130-13*.
Long. valv. = 27-40 /x ; lat. valv. = 5-G • 5 /*.

>. — On ice, McMurdo Bay, September 13th, 1902; pond in eskers upon ice,
half-way between Black and Brown Islands, January 3rd, 1903 ; pond in ice off
Black Island, McMurdo Strait, December 31st, 1902 ; freshwater pond, Granite
Harbour, January 20th, 1902.

This species is almost as widely distributed as N. muticopsis Van Heurck. As
the above measurements show, some of the individuals were appreciably larger than
those described by Messrs. West. Both the type and the var. piilucidn were common.

86. NAVICULA MURRAYI.

Navintla murraiji W. and G. S. West, op. cit., p. 285, PI. XXVI., fig. 129.

Long. valv. = 43ju; lat. valv. = 10/u.
Hali. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour, rare.

87. NAVICULA GLOBICEPS Greg.
(PI. III., figs. 154, 155.)

Navicvla gloliceps Greg., Microsc. Journ., iv. (185G), p. 10, t. 1, fig. 34; Van Henrck, op. fit., p. 79,
Suppl. PL A, fig. 13.

Long. valv. = 22-38 p. ; lat. valv. in media parte = 9 ' 5-12 /A.

JTalt. — On ice, McMurdo Bay, September 13th, 1902 ; pond in eskers upon ice,

FRESHWATER ALG/E.

53

half- way between Black ami Brown Islands, January 3rd, 1903; pond in ice oil'
Blaek Island, McMurdo Strait, December 31st, 1902.

Next to N. muticopsis and X. shackletuni this was the most abundant Diatom.
There are obviously two well-marked forms of this species; this the published figures
of the species already show, cf. for instance the figure of Messrs. West ("/'• <"''•>
PI. XXVI., fig. 135), Van Heurck's figure (.»/>. cit., Suppl. PL A, fig. 13), Wolle's figure
(Diatom, of North America (1890), PL IX., fig. 33), and JMigula's figure (<>]>. cit., PL 7u,
fig. 6). The one form is relatively short with a strongly bulged median portion
and prominently capitate extremities (fig. 15-1); the other is longer, the median part
is not so strongly inflated, and the capitate character of the apices is far less pronounced
(fig. 155). The vur. I'li-ynitx of X. inurrai/l W. and G. 8. West (<>j>. cit., p. 285,
PL XXVI., fig. 130) comes vtry close to this form.

The two forms may be described as follows :—

f. amphicepkala (tig. 154). Valvis diametro 2.]plo longioribus, in media parte
valde inHatis, polis valde capitatis. Long. valv. = 22-25 ^ ; hit. valv. in media
parte = 9'5-10/x.

f. cloiti/nta (fig. 155). Valvis diametro 3plo longioribus, in media parte iiifiatis,
apicibus subcapitatis vel plus miuusve capitatis. Long. valv. = 35-38 fj. ; lat. valv. in
media parte = 10- 12 p..

Fig. 155 represents a very extreme form off. cltnnjutit.

Many of the specimens of N. <//«/</'<y/'x showed the interruption by one or two
longitudinal lines of the stria;, as described and figured by Messrs. West. In other
cases, however, 1 was unable to convince myself that this was the case, the stria;
appearing uniformly punctate (figs. 154, 155).

8tf. NAVIOULA STAUROPTEROIDES sp. u.
(PL II., figs. 99, 100.)

N. parva, valvis sublinearibus, diametro G-7plo longioribus, in media parte leniter
et late tumidis, polis late rotundatis vel subcapitatis, area eentrali magna elongato-
elliptica, platea axiali subangusta, striis levibus, 20-21 in 10 //., in parte mcdiana
(adversus plateam centralem) brevioribus et radiatis, polos versus valde convergentibus
et gradatim abbreviates.

Long. valv. = 37-39 p. ; lat. valv. in media parte = 5-6 p..

/A/A.— On ice, .McMurdo Iky, September 13th, 1902.

This species was rather rare. In general appearance it is much like a small
specimen of X. xt<iitri>/>/<-ni Gruu., from which, apart from its .--mailer size, it differs in
the non-curvature of the raphe at, the apices of the valves, in the closer placing of the
stria:, in the presence of short stria; around the central area and in the absence of stria:
at the extreme ends. It should also be compared with X. <jil>l>n (Ehrb.) Iviitz., which
is again a larger form ; it also differs in having more markedly capitate poles, in the

- A-

ML

54 F. E. FRITSCH.

curvature of the raplie at the ends of the valves, and in the widely separated strife.
Si inic. of the specimens (fig. 100) of A. stauropteroides showed practically no dilation
of the poles of the valves.

NITZSCHIA.CE.E.

Genus HANTZSCHIA Grun.
89. HANTZSCHIA AMPHIOXYS.

Hantzscltia amphioxys (Ehri'iib.) Grun., in Cluve and Grunow, Aret. Dial., K. Sv. Vefc.-Ak. Handl., XVII.

(1 ssi i), No. 2, p. 10:-;.

Long. valv. — 37-42 jj. ; hit. valv. = 7-8 /j..

Hull. — Freshwater pond, Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902.

90. HANTZSCHIA ELONGATA.

Hantzscliia eloiii/at// (Hantzsch) Grim., in Clcvc and Grunow, o/i. cit., p. 104 ; Van Hcurck, op. fit., p. 1C9,
PI. LVL, figs. 7 and s.

Long. 176 p; lat. lOju.

Hull. — Gap pond, Winter Harbour ; rare.

SUKffiELLACILE.

Genus SURIRELLA Turpiu.
91. SURIRELLA ANGUSTA.

Kurirella ani/tuta Kiitz., Bacill. (is 44), p. Ill, Tab. 30, lijr. -'c'.

Long. valv. = 30 /M ; lat. valv. = 8 p..

Ha/>. — In freshwater ice under boulder, Cape Adare, January 9th, 1902.

•

.

: '

____ ^^— /i...

o

.

o

! «'

t

I i /

6

arcuc (Dis /ater Algae Pi. II.

O°o

10

C :

xp. Freshwater Algae PI. III.

Bala &.D«ro«lfl>on, LM imp.

FRESHWATER AL<i.E. 55

PLATE I.

FIGS. 1-5. — L'lil'iiiii/-l"iii<iii<ix tiihi-niiiliitd Wille, ordinary individuals, </. description, pp. T. s : /'. pvrcimid :

ii = nucleus, (x TIKI, i
FK;S. (i-K». — Chlamydomonas subcaudata Wille, encysted individuals. In tigs, i; ;nn] T tin.' original shape

of the mother-cell membrane is easily recognised ; in figs. ,s-ln the cysts show the

processes dc>< Tilled on \i. * ; ]> = pyrenoid ; // = nucleus, (x Ton.)
FK.S. 1 1-1-J. — Chlamydomonas ^nln-nn l:iln Wille, free cysts; in tig. 1 1 the cysi contains tun jn reimids.

(X Tun.)
Fn;s. 15-18. — C/iliii/u/i/n/i/n/ii/s iiifrr/iii'i/iti (Tiod., ordinary individuals; ji = pyrenoid ; n = uueleiis ; *• -

contractile vacuole ; * = stigma, (x l">5n. i
FK;. 11). — l.'lilitmyilumonas e/ire/ibergi Goroscb., ordinary individual ; p = pyrenoid ; /' = nucleus.

(X Tun.)

Fn;. io. — Oiiliiiiiijiliinininia mlinniiltilii Wille, c\>t showing division of contents into four pans. ( \ 7 ,

Fics. il-i5. — ChloroniiHKix ////inn/ \\'ille ; // = nucleus ; s = eye-spot. In most of the individuals the

cilia could not ho traced to their full length, (x l:'.5ii.)

Fn;. I'd. — J'/i'uriii-nirtin anl<iirti<-nx \\ . and (',. S. West, f. li//>i<-ii : n = oil-globules, (x 55o.)
Fin. L'T. „ .. „ ., f. iiiiiitir. (x 550.)

Fn;. is. „ .. „ „ f.jiliiiiii'iitnxit. (x 550.)

Fi<;. i".». .. „ f. xf rlltt.fi/. (x soo.)

FlGS. 30, 31, 33. .. .. ., f. siiiijiles ; ii = oil-glolmles. (x55o.)

Fli!. '.'>•!. ., „ ., „ f. (///'/'•'', a group of ;i[ipi'ccialily larger cells tliali

those in Fig. L'I;. One ol ihese cells has two pyrenoids. (x 4oo.)
FK;S. :!I-:15. ---y>A'//c»'1wr//.v ti/i/nrr/irtis \\'. and (i. S. AVcst, f. nilm^ln, elliptical cells, (x 5oo.) These

are relatively small cells nf this form.

l-'n;. 36. — Plei/rni:o/rii.t knHHilzi sji. n.. grou]i of cells seen at a low magnification. (X 2io.)
Fins. 37-4-i. — I'lninii-iii'riis /:i/r/t/i/:i sji. n. : 37, 39, 41, ordinary tetrads; :'>s, small part of group shown

in tig. :•:<; ; lo, development of daughter-cells within mother-cell ; Ii. develr,]ime I

dangliter-cells within mother-cell, some of the cells of the tetrad are abortive.

(3!), to X 500 ; other lignres x 4oo.')

FliiS. I:',. It. I'li'iirnrnri-iixfriiiiihia \V. and (i. S. West. (X loo.)
Fins. 45, 40. — J'riiii/ni sp., !-f. pp. id, il. (x 500.)
FKIS. IT. is. /-Jin-nfi/iifi niiiuttasp.il. 47, Surface view of an older colony to show grouping nf cells

(X isoo) ; 48, Diagram of eight cells of colony to show the cubical arrangement

(magnified about 4000 times).

Fios. 4D-51. — Merismopedia tsnuissima Lemm. ; I '.I, young colony ; 5o, 51, older colonies, (x llon.i
FK;. ^•'.—J'liiiriiiiiUi/iiifiii/ii/inn sp. u. (x 18on.)

Fn;s. 5:;, 5 I.— I'/mm/ii/iiim luihniuinl,- (Ag.) (lorn., apices of two tilaments. (x TOO.)
Fins. :t:i-M.—Oxi-illt/fnriii /,iH'!//i/;i sp. n. ; 55, 57, 5s are lypical triehomes. (X TOO.)
Fn;s. do ill. -Osf i/lnliiriii xiiiifilii-i^iinn (Join., var. i/ntnrrli'-it var. n. ; I'.i. f. in-iiiiiiiintii ; ill. f. Sjiiralit ;

114, tricbome overgrown liy lilaments of /'/inrniii/iinit angustissimum. (X 55o.)
FK;. l!5. < i.^'il/tt'uriif /ir/'i/iniit \\ . and ('•. S. West. (X son. i
FK;. Hi;. „ Kiili/irn/m^ii/i'ii \\'. and (i. S. West, (x 800.)

FIGS. (1T-TO.— Jfii-i;n-i/x/ii< /xiriixil/fii Km/.. (X Too.)
FlGS. ~,\-1?>.—ri«irini<lii<iii unlairlinim \\ . and (i. S. West, forma. (11, Ti, X s5o ; T:i, X 1800.)

5(5 F. E. FRITSCH.

PLATE II.

FIGS. 74-78. — Lyngbijn lagtrhrimi (Mob.) Gomont ; 74, 75, typical portions of the stratum ; 7fi, 77, two

filaments from the stratum, showing spiral coiling ; 78, a single filament on a larger scale

with the contained trichomc. (74-77, X 5oo ; 7*, X 1200.)
FIGS. 70-84. — Lyngbya nUenunln- sp. n. ; 79-83, different types of apex of the trichomes ; 84, a filament.

(X sou.)
FIGS. 85-8G. — Lyinjbya teruffiiMO-canika (Kiitz.) Gom. ; 85, s;V, normal filament (x 700); 8G, filament

with gonidia (x sou).
Fins. *7-90. — Lyni/bi/a trst/'/irii (Mortens) Liebm., var. aniarctirn var. nov. See p. 27. (87, X 800 ;

NX-90, x 700.)

FIGS. Sl-M.—Lynyltyrt. srotli sp. n. (91, 92, X 700 ; 1)3, X 1200.")
FIGS. 94-9G. „ „ ,, var. minor var. nov. (x!350.)

FIGS. 97-9H. — Navic/i-l/i seminal inn Grun. (x 1250.)
FIGS. 99-100. „ xttin.roji/1'riH.tfrs sp. n. (99, x 1800; loo, x 1250.)
FIGS. 101. „ cymatopleurusW.&ndG.&.'Weat,. (x 125o.)

FIGS. W-2-lOfi.—lUicrocystis chrooroccoidea W. and G. S. West, (x 800.)

FIGS. 104-10*. — Nodnhiria spumiffe/ia Mertens, var. minor nov. var. (104-106, x soo ; 107-los, x 1300.)
FIGS. 109-115. — Nodularia qiuu Irala . sp. n. 112-114 show different types of apices; 115 shows filament

with a probably immature spore, (x 800.)
FIGS. 11G-117. — Dactylococcopsis rlniphiilioides Hansg. The group in fig. 116 shows a distinct septum in

several of the cells. ( x 800.)
FIGS. 118-120. — Anahma antarctica sp. n., filaments with spores; the smaller spores in fig. 118 arc

probably immature. ( x 500.)
FIGS. 121-122. — Dactylocori-ojisis unlardica sp. n. ; 121, small part of the colony ; 122, a cell in process of

division, (x 1350.)

FRESHWATER AT/i.K.

57

PLATE III.

Fins. 123-125. — Xiixtu/' ilisi-ifonni' sp. n., young colonies. (12:1, x 14"; 121-125. x 5nn.)

Fie. 12C,. Xuxliii- ilim •ifunii/' sp. n., tliulli. (Natural size.)

Fins. lL'7-130. — N«*t»r dixi-ifurme sp. n. 127, 12s, two tilamcnts : 127. with spores ; 12'.*. two groups nf

spores; ]3ii, filament with sheath. (127. 12*. l:',o. x .".mi : 12'.i, x 700.)
Fin. 131. — NnxtiH- i/ixfi/'iirm/' sp. n., small part of a mature' thallus. (x 80.)
Fn;. 132.— frog/in- liiiiifx/ir/i sp. n., thalli. (Xatural size.)
Fuss. 133-134. — Xostiir /iitii/s/ufli sp. n., young colonies, (x 5on.)

Fiiis. l:>5-l;;i;. „ „ „ filaments with spores. (135, x 7oit ; 130, x .".00.)

Fio. 137. „ „ „ small part of a mature thallus. ( X 30.)

Fie. l:>x. — Nostoc fuscescens sp. n., thalli. (Natural size.)
Fifi. 13!i. „ „ „ a youni; thallus. ( X 400.)

PlOS. 140-142. ., „ filaments. (140, 142, X 700 ; 141, X 500.)

Fins. 143-144. „ „ young thalli. (x80(t.)

Fins. 1 1.'i-Mi;. — Tuly [ml ltn.r <-<>n<iliitinnt<t I'.oizi. 14">, a small part of the richly liranched tilainent :

146, the end of one of the branches, (x -r.iMi.)
Fin. 147. — hji-(igilni-i(t i- urtii Van Heurck. (x 1350.)
Fins. 14s, 149 and \Wii.—.}ffloaii-ii sp., rf. \\. 41!. ( X l:'..".ii.)
Fii;. l"i(». — ? CycloMla o/ifn-itlafa Kiitz. (x ."..".(i.)
FK;. l.'.l. — Coscinodiscus decipiens GTUT\. (x 1250.)
Fins. l;"c' and l~>-2ti. — liiiitinna tlti/ii/it/tnii A.%., var. ehri'iibrri/i (Kiitz.) W. Sm. ; 152, girdle-view :

lif'a, valve- view. (152, x 1950; 152rt, x 135n.)
FII;. \~>:\.—N(tvii-ula borenlix (Ehrb.) Kiitz. (x 9m>.)
Fins. 154, 155. — Nurii-iila i/lnliif<-/n< Ore;,'. ; 154, f. ain/ifiii-'-j>liit/a ,- 155, f. dmyata. (151, x IL'.'.O;

155, X «.r)(i.)

Fins. 150, 157. — Denticiila ti'imix Kiitz. var. fin/firr/ira var. nov. (15fi. x 125o ; i:,7. x 15oo.)
Fn;s. 15s-li;n. — Calotlirii- intn'i-atit sp. n. ; 15.x, :l typical part of the stratum (the irii-limiics are only

shown in two cases) ; 1511, ICO, single filaments. (158, X H>0 ; 15!>, x sun ; ICO, x ' .)

Fics. 1C.1-1C3. — Ciilnllirij- ,1/itinrtini sp. u. ; 1C1, 1C.-', filaments shnwinj-' false branching. (liH, 1C2.

X 400 ; 1C3, X 55n.)
Fin*, liil-172. — Calottvrix gracilis sp. n. Id, filament showinjj false branching; ](!5, 172. typical

tilaments ; 1UC., 1(17, base of two filaments, showing inflation; 17", part of a filament

showing an intercalary heterocv>t : 171. base of filament with a subconical lietenn-\>(.

(Ifil, 1C,:,, x 5iiO; IC.C-KV.l, 171, 172, X 7no ; 17n. X 12oo.)

INDEX.

Achnanthaceae, 50.

Ai-liiiimtlies, 50.

„ lireri/ifs, 50.
„ „ var. i liter nird'ui, 5i(.

„ sttbsfssilis (syn.), 5(1.
Algie of Shackleton's expedition, 1, 2, G.
Algal flora, freshwater, of Kerguelen, 3, i; : of
South Georgia, 3, G ; of South Orkneys, 1,3, 0.
Alpine Alga; in the Antarctic, 5.
Analcma, 3, 43.

„ anfarctica, 4, 4;!.
„ ccttcnula, 44.
„ ,, var. amerifana, 44.

Anacystis parasitica (syn.), 24.
Antarctic Alga?, freshwater, 1 ; comparison

with Arctic freshwater Alga', 1 .
Aplianothece, 23.

„ prasina, 23.
Bacillariece, 4(1.
I 'nlothrLr, 3, 30.

„ aiitarcliea, 4, 30.
„ cart ilctgi urn, 3s.
., epiphytica, 37.
., fusca, 36.
,, r/raciUs, 4, 37.
intricata, 4, :'>G.
., sandt't'-ensis, 3(1, 3*.

sp. (W. and G. S. West), 37.
Gentries, 4.

Chlamydomonadacete, 2, 7.
Ghlainydomonas, 4, 7, 10.

„ c/niiliitii, 4, 7.

„ ehrenbergi, 5, 7, 10.

„ gigrmteu. It.

„ intermedia, 5, 7, !), 10, 32.

„ „ f. rtiittiri'ti-i'/t, 10.

„ marina, 9.

„ siibcaiuldtti, 5, G, 7, 32 ; cyst-

formation of, G, s.
GhloreVa, 1C.

„ conglomerata, 1G.
„ rtgularis, lli.
fia, lo.

aljiinii, 5, in.

Chroococcacea\ 3, G, 21.
^ '/irtiornri'us, 3, 21.

helvetinix, 22.
„ minor, 4, 22.

„ mi 11 nt us, 4, 21.

., fin-i/it/its, 21.

Con jugatse, 2, 3, G, 20 ; occurrence of, in fresh-
water algal flora of Antarctic, 3, G.
Coscinodiscacese, 4G.
Ciisi-iiHii/ixri/x, 47.

„ (h'fi/ripiis, 47.

„ r/rixpiis, 47.

„ „ var. gallapagensis, 47.

„ l<ii tistris. 47.

I'litinilnriii (sect. Nosstoc), key to species of, 41.
Cyanophycea?, 2, 21 ; abundance of, in Ant-
arctic regions, 2, 3 ; heterocystoi:s forms,
:!, G ; representation in Arctic regions, 4.
Cyanophyceous sheets, 3 ; epiphytic flora

of, 3, 4.
C't/cJoMhi, 47.

„ operculata, 47.
Dactylococcopsis, 22.

,, untarctica, 22.

,, montana, 23.

„ muciciiln, 23.

„ rhaphidwides, 4, 22.

DC n tit' ul a, 40.

„ fi-iijidit (syn.), 4'J.

,, injlitta (syn.), 4'.).

„ toi«/s, 411.

„ „ var. antarctim, 49 ; var. //•/-

gidu, 49 ; var. inflata, 49.
Desmids, in Antarctic regions, 2, 3, 21 ; in

Arctic regions, 4.
Diiitumii, 50.

,, ehrenbergi (syn.), 50.
„ I'hnii/iitinil, 50.
„ ,, ^'ar. ehrenbergi, ;">o.

Diatomacese, 50.
Diatoms, in the Antarctic, 3, G.
Dolirlinxjirriiuim (sect. Anubcrna), 44.
Epiphytic flora on Cyanophyceous sheets, 3, 4.
Eur(<psis, 5, 25, 2G.

INDKX.

59

l-:iinitixix nl/iina, 2G.

„ mi until, 5, 25.

Flora, epiphytic, 3, -1 ; flouting, :'., 5 ; ice-. :..
Fi-(iijil<iriti, 4, 4s.

iin/iii'iiii-ti, I'.i.
fui'tii, 48.
„ linntrix, 48.

., ii/i/iiji/i'i-iixfa/ti, Is.
„ ti-ii nit-nil ix, 4s.
„ „ var. itnturrtica, 4, 5, 4s.

Fragilariacese, 48.

Gap pond, epiphytic flora of Cyanophyceous
sheets from, I : periodicity of alual flora
of, G.

fil'illfllllXII, 23.

„ rii/iirnlti, I, 23.

xlnitlli'irnrtliiniiii, 23.

• iouklia in Li/n/jlnjn cRrugineo-c&rulea, _s.
llnntzxfliii'i, 4, 54.

,, (iiit/iIttMi/s, 4, 54.

„ I'liinijitta, 4, 54.

Ileterokonta; ia freshwater ali^il flora of

Antarctic, 6.
ffori>iii/iii»i-s\Agc (of Prasiola crisp//), 5, 10,

17.

Ice-flora, 5.

Lilricatit (sect. Nestor), 42.
Isokontiv, 2, 7 ; occurrence of, in freshwater

algal flora of Antarctic, (!.
Kerguelen, Algaj of, 3, 0.

lintii sandvicense (syn.), :!8.
a, :'., 20, 32.
(Brugineo-ccemha, 4, 28.
(fstnarii, 4, 2G.

„ var. antfirc/ira, 4, 27.
attenuata, 4, 2x.
cladophonr, 2s.
kiitzinyi, 2'.i.

„ var. distinetii, 29.
liii/rrhi'imi, 4, 29.
niarli'/tsitina, 4, 27.
sco///, 4, 21).

„ var. >«//<»/-, 211.

4(i.

Li/xii/iiiiiii»i (sect.
Mi'loxira, 4G.

„ italira, 4li.
,, lini'iilii, 46.
„ stil in a, 46.
sp., 5, 40.

lix, 40.

i/l/iiii'iini var. /niiir/ii/in/i, 25.

Merismopedia fi'/mixx/nit/. .">. 2.~>.
Mesota>niace£e, 2n.
Mirroi-uleux, 26.

„ nri/iiiiiliix, 4, 20.

ix, 3, 23.

/y«^/ (syn.), 24.
tt, ~>, 2 L

iiili'x, .">, L' I.
nsit int, 1, 2 I.

var. i/lfiriiilis, a, 2."i.
i Jiiniii (syn.), 24.
Myxophycea', 21.
.N'^/'/i /(/«', 3, .M.

„ linri'iilix. I, .ri2.

,, eymatopleura, 4, .">, r>i.

iii-t/is, I, ."), .">2.
„ „ f. amphicephala, ~>'.\ • f.

i-liiiii/ntti, ",:',.
., minium, ."p] .

mwrinji, I, 52.
„ „ var. I'li'ijuiix. :,:',.

iiiiifiriijisijiiriiii*, 51.
„ niutiro/isis, 3, 4, 5, 51, 53.
,, setniiiiiliini, 5, 51.

xliilfhlrltiiii, I, 5, 5i'. 53.

„ var. jit'l/iirii/ii, 52.

„ x/Hiirii/ifei-tt, 5:;.
,. stauropteroides, 53.
XaviVnlacese, 50.
Xitzschiacese, 54.
Noiliiliirin, 44.

., harri'ijiinii, 45.

„ quililrntii, 4, 5, 15.

„ spumigena, 44.

„ „ var. ifi'in/iiii/, I I ; var.

litiimt. 45 ; var. iiiiimr, 4, I I.
„ It'll nix, 15.

JVostoe, ::, •"•'.'.

„ liorneti, I:1..
., commune, 43.
„ rntirnliU'i', 41.

„ tlixi-iftinnr, I, 5, ;'.'.!, lo, 41 : relation-
ship of, in.

J'llxrrxfrnx, I, 5, 41.
/idler ulir, I, 41.
lotti/xtiijH, 4, 5, 40, II.
iiiiifiilifiinni'. In, 41.
„ pachydermaticwn, l_.

ininrtifiiniii' (syn.), 1 1.
„ s/ihirriritiii. I. 5. I:',.
Nost<icaee;e, :!!1.

GO

INDEX.

GEdogouiaceffi, occurrence of, in the Ant-

arctic, 6.
Oscillariefe, 3, 6.
Oscillatoria, 3, :'.:'..

„ Ifi'i'is, 35.

,. deflexa, 35.

„ fiifmnxa, 35.

„ irriffiia, 4, 33.

koettlitzi, 4, 34.

,. limosa, 34.

,, proloscideii, '•'<'•'<.

,, „ var. initmrtii'ii, 33 ; f.

(truM<iiii/n, 34 ; f. .yiintlis, -4.
„ subproboscidea, 33.

„ fr/iw'x, 4, 5, 34.

f. cernginosa (syn.), 33.
Oscillatoriacese, 20.
Petition, 20.

,, cruciferurn, 21.
„ sp., 5, 20.
Periodicity of Antarctic freshwater algal

flora, C.
Phaiophycete in freshwater flora of Ant-

arctic, 6.
Phorniidittnt, 3, 5, 3n.

., angustissimum, 31, 32.

,, antarcticum, 5, 32.

„ autitniiuile, 30.

,. fragile, 31.

,, fi'igitliim, 5, 31.

„ glacialc, 32.

„ laminosum, 30.

., fr/fw, 31.

„ treleasi, 3:.'.

Pleurococcacere, 12.
t'lritrticocciis, 2, 3, 12.

„ antarcticm, 3, 4, 5, 12.

., „ LjUitmi'iitoxa, 13, 14 ;

f. minor, 13, 14; f. robusta,
12, 13, 14; f. simjiltjf, 12, 14 ;
Lstelltttit, H;L/y/iirn, 12, 13.
„ conglomeratus (syn.), lij.

„ ilissectus, 3, 5, 1C.

,, frigiihts, 3, 12.
„ koettlitzi, 3, 4, 15.

,, pachydermus, 9.
„ „ forma (\V. and G.

S. West), 9.

„ regular is (syn.), 1C.

Foilosira, 4G.

„ iiiontagnei, 46.

Polyrystisfrrma (sjn.), 24.
Prasiola, 2, 3, 4, 5, 16.
„ antarctic a, 17.
„ i-al<ij>hylla, ID.
„ C/-/.V/W, 10, 17, 18, 19, 20; akinetes

of, 17.

Prasiolaceae, 1C.
Protococcacere, 11.
Protococcales in freshwater flora of Ant-

arctic, 6.
Protodcnna, 1C.

Reproduction in Anolnrna nntarrtifa, 44 ;
in. Calothrix ffraeilis, 3s ; mChlamydomonas
xiilfintdntti, s ; in Dactylococcopsis ant-
arctica, 22 ; in Eucapsis minutii, 2C ; in
Lijnijbijn ceruffineo-carulea, 28 ; in Nmltiliiria
qttnilrtitii, 45 ; in Nnstoc diacifonne, 39 ; in
J\T. loiigstaffi, 4o ; in Pleurococcm koettlitzi,
15 ; in Prasiohi crispa, 17.
Rhodophycese in freshwater flora of Antarctic,

C.

Rivnlariacere, 36.
Scytonemataceae, :'i8.

Siphouales in freshwater flora of Antarctic, 6.

Spores of A iiahrnii Antarctica, 44 ; aiCalotliri.r

ijracilis, 38 ; of Noiluhiria quadrttta, 45 ;

of N ust ne disc if or me, 3 '.I ; of N. luiii/xtitjji,

40.

Snow-floras, 2, 5.
South Georgia, Alga? of, 3, 0.
South Orkneys, „ 1, (!, 7.
Staimmeix, 50.

„ anceps, 50.

„ „ var. amphicephala, 50.

Surirella, 54.

„ (tngttxta, 5, 5k
Surirellacea1, 54.
Symploca, 2G.

sp., 26.

„ llii'rmalix, 2C.
Tabellariacea% 49.

„ conijlutinata, 38.

Trocliiscia, 1 1 .

„ rrassa, 11.
Tfii/ii'toiifis ItPi'issima, 4.
L'tntlmi, 2, 11.

„ subtilis, 11.

„ „ var. vari-abilis, 4,11.

Ulotrichacea?, 11.
Ulotrichales in freshwater algal flora of

Antarctic, G.
Vaucheria in freshwater flora of Antarctic, G.

At the suggestion of the Director the subjoined alphabetical indices ha\c been
prepared to show students in which volume they iiuiy find memoirs in which thcv
are particularly interested. ( )vvin<f to the fuet that the memoirs wen- submitted to
the Editor at very various times, and as it was important to publish them a.s soon
as possible after their reception, the fifty memoirs in the five volumes of " /oolo^v
and Botany" necessarily deal with subjects not closely allied in any systematic
arrangement.

F. J. B.

Kbnmnj KM/i, l!tlL'.

SUBJECT INDEX

TO THE

'DISCOVERY' REPORTS.

VOLUME

VOLUME

Acari

III.

Isopoda ....

V.

Actinuu

IV.

Lamellibranchiata

II.

Altyonaria .

III.

Leptostracu

III.

Alg;e, Freshwater

VI.

Lichenes .

V.

Alga:, Marine

ill.

Mammalia

II.

Amphinenra

II.

Medusiu . . . .

V.

Amphipoda

III.

Mollusca .

II., III., IV.

Apteru

IV.

Musci

III.

Arthrupoda

II., III., IV., V.

Myzostomidse .

IV.

Avcs ....

II.

Nematoda .

III.

Botany

. III., V., VI.

Neuiertinua

V.

Brarhiopuda

II.

Nudibranchiata .

II.

Calcarea

IV.

Ostracoda

III.

Cephalodiscus

II.

Penguins, Anatomy of

II.

Cephalopoda

II.

Pha'ophyceaj

III.

Costoda

III.

Pisces

II.

Chsetognafcha

III.

Polychajta

VI.

Cirripedia .

III.

Porifera ....

III., IV.

Coelentera .

. III., IV., V.

Pterobranchia

II.

Copepoda .

IV.

Pteropi.ida

III.

CorallinaceaB

III.

Pycnogonida

III.

Crustacea .

II., III., IV., V.

Rock Specimens

I.

Cumacea

II.

Schizopoda

IV.

Decapoda .

II.

Seal Embryos

V.

Eeliinodenn I/u'VEC

IV.

Siphonophore, Tentacles of .

III.

Echinoderma

IV., VI.

Sipunculoidea

IV.

Floridea? .

III.

Sdlenogastres

IV.

Gastropoda

II.

Si>onges .

III., IV.

Geology, Field

I.

Tetraxonidiu

IV.

Hexactinellida:

III.

Tunicata

V.

Holothurioidea (Young)

VI.

Zoology, Invertebrate .

II., III., IV.,

Hydroid Zoophytes

III.

V., VI.

lusecta

IV.

Zoology, Vertebrate .

. II, V.

INDEX OF AUTHORS

OF THE

'DISCOVERY' REPORTS

Bell, F. J. (Ecbiiioderma)
Boulenger, G. A. (Pisces) .

Brady, G. S. (Ostracoda) .
Browne, E. T. (Medusas) . . .
Caiman, W.T.(('unia.v:i,

„ (Decapoda) . .

Cardot, J. (Musci) . ..

Carpenter, G. II. (Aptera) .
Clnbb, J. A. (Actiniae) .
I)arbi>hire, O. V. (Lichenes)
Elders, E. (Polyclueta) .
Eliot, Sir Ohas. (Nndibranchiata)
(Pteropoda) .

1'Vrrav, II. T. (Field < ieology) .
Fowler, (i. II. (Cha'tommtha) .
Fritscb, F. E. (Fresh water Alga;)
Gepp, A. and E. S. (Marine Algae) .
Gravek-y, F. II. (Hydroid Xoopbytes).
Gravel, A. (I'irripedia) ...
Hrrdmaii, W. A. (Tumcata) .
Hickson, S. J. (Alcyonaria) . .

,, (Hydroid Zoophytes) .

iMi, T. V. (< 'ollcctiiiii' ill Antarctic Se

(Isopoda) .

Hoyle, W. K. (Cephalopoda)
.Icnkin, ('. F. (Calcarea) ,

VOLUME

. IV.
. II.
. III.
. V.
. II.
.II.
. III.
. IV.
. IV.
. V.

VI.
. II.
. III.
. I.
.III.

VI.
. III.
. III.
. III.

. III.
.III.

as) III.

V.

III.

II.

IV.

VOI .1

.loubin, L. (Neuiertineu) . . . V.

Kirkpatrick, R. (Hexactindlida-) . III.

„ (Tetraxonida) . . IV.

Lancbester, W. F. (Sipnuculoidea) . . IV.

Linstow, O. v. (Xematoda) . . .III.

MacBridc. E. \V. i 1-VlnnoduriM Larva') . IV.

„ (Yonng Holothnrioidea) . \\.

Nierstrasz, H. F. (Solenogastres) . . IV.

Prior, G. T. (Rock Specimens) . . I.

Py craft, W. P. (Penguins, Anatomy of) . II.

Ucnnic, J. (TY'iit;ir!rs of ;i Siphonophoiv) . 111.

Rideuond. W. <:. (('rplialodiscus) . II.

Shipley. A. I-;. (Cestoda) . . III.

Simpson. J. (.'. (Kuhinodenu Larviu) . . IV.

Sniiih, E. A. (Aniphineura) . . II.

., (Bracliiopoda) . . II.

(Gastropoda) . . .II.

(Lamellibranchiata) . . II.

Tattersall. \V. .M. (Schixopoda) . . . IV.

Thiclr. .1. ( Lcptosiraca) . . . III.

Tiniiiis, II. .Marct.t (Seal Embryos) . . V.
TraunlVIs, It. I!, v. Si iiininrr- (.My/.ostoinidaa) IV.

Troiu--:ni. K. 1,. (Acari). .III.

Walker, A. 0. ( Amphipoda) . .III.

Wil>on. K. A. (Aves) . II.

I .Mammalia) . II.

\Voltrndrn. K. X. (Copepoda) . . IV.

LONDON :

HRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,
DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.

•

I

^

'
.

•

•

•

.

- .

: ' I •

• •

<A

•'

•

EWK

•

^^^B^B

•

•

•

•

.

^|
•

.

'

•

-

•

•

, .

I

•
'